Тест для тупорылых дебилов не знающих английский

Про матеріал
Англ для дебилов ааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааааа аа а а а а а а а а а а а а а а а а а а а а а а а а а а
Перегляд файлу

GateWay

2nd Edition

David Spencer

 

macmillan education

+ Student's ResourceCentre

GateWöYimage

imageimage
image2nd Edition

David Spencer

macmillan education


Vocabulary Q€f

Family life

Ages and stages of

p6

life, The family

Noun suffixes -ment,

—ion, —ence

Who did

Crimes and criminals, Detective work

pi 8

Phrasal verbs connected with investigating and finding

Gateway to exams: Units 1-2 p30

Universal

Countries,

language

nationalities and

p32

languages, Learning a language

Negative prefixes un-, in-, im-, ir-, il-

Health

Parts of the body,

watch

Health problems and

p44

illnesses

Compound nouns connected with health and medicine

Reading

Problem letters

Teenagers' rights and responsibilties

An informal email

Crime stories

Discussing values

A blog post

Mapping the world's languages

Body language

A language biography

Teen health tips Why learn first aid?

Notes and messages

Grammar

Present simple and

present continuous

image

Articles

Past simple

Past continuous

some, any, much, many, a lot (of), a few, a little

Relative pronouns

Present perfect with ever and never

Present perfect with for and since

Present perfect with just, yet, already

Life skills

Autonomy: Contributing to family life

Social skills and citizenship: Thinking about right and wrong

Social skills:

Public speaking

Physical well-being: Learning some basics of first aid


Present perfect and past simple

Gateway to exams: Units 3-4 p56

 

 

 

TV addicts Television, Adjectives

Slow TV

Comparatives and

Personal

p58                          describing TV

I just want to be

superlatives

well-being:

programmes

famous!

less          than, (not) as . . as

Thinking about fame

Adjectives ending in -ing and -ed

 

too and (not) enough

 

image

imageContents

imageFamily dinners                                                                                                                                                                         An informal email

Teenagers' responsibilities

information

Making a timetable

activities

Asking for personal

Family arguments

 

Speaking: Information

information

Family dinners

 

role-plays

image Describing an incident

image Apologising

image A blog post

Listening: True/False/Not

Doing the right thing

Discussing crime stories

A questionnaire

Mentioned activities

Apologising

Telling stories

 

Writing: Knowing evaluation

image

imagecriteria

Languages

Asking for information

A language biography

Use of English:

Speaking in public

Talking about social

Preparing a presentation

Multiple-choice cloze

 

networks

 

activities

Asking for information

 

 

Speaking: Knowing

 

Discussing definitions

 

evaluation criteria

Action scenes

image Describing photos

image Notes and messages

Reading: Matching activities

Giving first aid

Discussing health tips

Writing a quiz

Writing: Content and style

Describing photos

Talking about past experiences

 

 

TV today Negotiating Listening: Identifying the speaker activities

Talking about fame                    Discussing Slow TV                     A video message or email

Speaking: Negotiating

Negotiating Giving opinions on TV and films

imageContentsimage

Job           Jobs and work,  Do you have an Modal verbs of  The world of work: hunting          Personal qualities  unusual job?      obligation, prohibition and           Assessing your advice     transferable skills

              p84                         Compound adjectives   Transferable skills

Second conditional

A letter of application and CV

Best Friendships, Feelings A lesson in Past perfect Personal friends Noun suffixes -ness, friendship used to well-being:

Loneliness is         Managing forever             -ship, -dom         common at  Gerunds and infinitives  friendships

p96 university

An email of advice

                                                             N on ¯fiction             The life of a                     Reported speech —            Art and culture:

imagepilo                                                                         Phrasal verbs       top children's     statements         Enjoying fiction author

connected with Reported speech — questions reading and writing Prologue

A story

Log on Using a computer, The computer The passive — present ICT: Protecting pi 22 The Internet that began it all simple yourself on the

n erne Collocations with Social networking The passive — other tenses email       today, no job tomorrow? have something done

Text messages

imageContentsimage

image Film and TV extras

image Making polite requests

image A letter of application

Reading: True/Faise

Transferable skills

Discussing unusual jobs

and CV

activities

Making polite requests

Giving advice

A description of

Listening: Multiple-choice

 

 

transferable skills

activities

image Discover your secret self

image Reporting a past event

imageAn email of advice

Speaking: Reporting

Making friends at university

Talking about friendship

A leaflet or a webpage

activities

Reporting a past event

Discussing interests

 

Writing: Answering the

image
image

question

image Book vs. film

image A presentation

image A story

Reading: Missing sentences

Book descriptions

Favourite books

Organising a book club

activities

A presentation

Reporting interviews

 

Listening: Completing notes

image Wikipedia

image Comparing and

image Text messages

Use of English: Cloze

contrastin

                                                         The importance of the                                                                         Speaking: Speculating

Comparing and contrasting

                                                          Internet                                                                                                     about photos

photos

Trivia quiz

imageContentsimage

Ages and stages of life

5

Match the words in 4 with these descriptions.

1 the man that a woman is married to

1 Work with a partner. Match these words to the

 

husband

photos. What ages go with each stage of life?

 

2 the brother of one of your parents

baby • child • middle-aged (man/woman) 3 your mother's new husband in a second or later senior citizen • teenager • young adult marriage

e baby, 0 to 3 approximately

4      a daughter of your brother or sister

5      the son of one of your children

image6 SPUKING Work with a partnere Take it in turns to define the other words in 4. Can your partner say the family member?

It's

Complete the sentences with the words in the box.

2      Put the stages of life in order. Begin with birth.

1      If you areimageyou aren't married imageadolescence • birth • childhood

2       imageimagedoesn't

image

image

death • middle age • old agehave brothers or

 

 

sisters.

3       01 Listen, check and repeat.

3

The word image image image image image image image image image image imageimage image imageimage imageimage image image image image image describes your husband, wife, or the person that you live with.

The family

4

If you are married and then you end the marriage, you are image

4 Divide these words into three lists as below.

5

In image  image image image image image image image image              families only the father or

the mother lives with the children. aunt • brother-in-law • cousin • da-ughte-r grandfather • grandson • husband • nephew 6 Approximately 800,000 babies are imageniece • stepfather • uncle • wife every year in the UK.

 

Female

Male or Female

husband

daughter

 

02 Listen to three people talking about their families. Choose the correct alternatives.

1       Joshua is a child/a teenager. He has a big/small

2       Olivia is a child/a teenager. She has got a big/small family. She lives with her father/qrandfather. She spends a lot of time with her aunt/cousin.image

3       Jessica is a senior citizen. She's got four/twelve grandchildren. She is married/divorced.

9 SPEAKING Work with a partner. Tell them about your family using words from this page.

image

unit


3      Work with a partner. Think of good advice to give Zoe.

4      Now read advice from an expert. Do they mention any of your ideas in 3?

49 Our expert says

You want your parents to treat you with respect, But show them respect, too. You say you have a lot to do but I'm sure your mother is also busy. You don't want to tidy your bedroom when you're doing your homework. SOJ decide on

that is. Then make sure you do itl As for the music, parents and teenagers always argue about music. Speak to your mum calmly. Explain that it helps you to study. But keep it to a reasonable volume or use headphones. And finally, your bedroom. Maybe your parents don't realise that you're not a little child any more. Explain why you think it's important to have a private space. Maybe you're spending a lot of time in your bedroom and your parents don't see you or get a ouc chance to speak to you. When you talk to parents it makes a big difference. Tell them what's happening in your life.

5 Read the text again and choose the best answers.

1      Zoe is angry with her mum because she says her mum doesn't .image

a      tidy Zoe's bedroom. b realise how busy Zoe is.

c want Zoe to do her homework.

HOME

ZOE,

Q I'm

g\eNDS    having a with my and dad When I'm interrupts that I need a lot of turn my shouting.

listen to completely.

concentration.

POPULAR

14 years

writing to you because really hard time parents about never knock before sitting at my desk me. She tells me to clean it. She things to do. Later musip down. I

image

She says that music at the same

But she doesn't Please help.

ASK OUR EXPERT

SIGN IN

home. I'm arguments mum

my mum and says

I have me to we start and switch it off helps my

image

cid, London

of my problems at at the moment. I have everything! For example, my coming into my bedrooml doing my homework, how untidy my room is doesn't understand that on she comes back to tell don't think it's loud. But then it's impossible to do homework time and tells me to realise that the music

I don't know what to do!

 

 

 

2      image
Zoe's mum has a problem with Zoe's music because she imagea doesn't think it helps Zoe concentrate.

b doesn't like the style of music. c can't do her work with loud music.

3      The expert thinks that Zoe's mum imagea is right to tell Zoe to tidy her room.

b     is right to stop Zoe in the middle of her homework.

c      is right to decide what time Zoe should dean her room.

4      The expert thinks that Zoe can do what she likes with her music .image

a      because parents are never happy with their children's music.

b     if she talks to them about it.

c      within certain limits. 5 The expert says that .

a      it's normal for Zoe's parents to enter her bedroom without knocking.

b     maybe Zoe's parents want her to communicate with them more.

c      Zoe's parents don't want her to have a private space because she's too young.

6 $CRITICAL THINKING

Think! Then compare ideas with your class.

• What do you think is good advice for when you have disagreements with your parents?

hatdo&hæunderlined-wordsän-th text mean? Guess and then check in your dictionary,

8 SPEAKING' What about you?

Do you ever argue with your parents? What about?

the present simple and which are in the present form of study. continuous?

Present simple

1      I'm writing to you because of my problems at home.         Affirmative: He  studies  history.

2      My mum and dad never knock before coming into my bedroom! Negative: He image physics.

3      Parents and teenagers always argue about music.               Question•image he image

4      1 don't know what to do.               image                image

Present continuous

1b Match the sentences in la with the explanation of their uses in a—d. Affirmative: Sheimage image image image image image English now,

a      imageWith certain verbs like love, like, hate, think, believe,         Negative: She image maths now. know, understand, want, need.    Question:

b      For regular or routine actions.

French? c For things that are always or generally true.

d For actions that are happening now or temporary actions.

 

GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 16

imageimageimage2 Look at the picture. Write sentences about what the different members of the family are doing or not doing. Use the present continuous form of the verbs in the box.

cry

drink

laugh

listen

play

read

sit • sleep

stand •D talk • watch

The daughter is talking on the phone.

3 Complete the dialogue about the picture using the present simple or present continuous form of the verbs given.

Molly: Hi, Julia. What (a) imageyou

imageimage(do)? Are you at home? Julia: Yes. I never (b)(go) out on Wednesdays.

         Molly: (c)                            you                            (watch)

image

       Julia:    No, right now my mum (d) image

(watch) her favourite series. She always

image(watch) it on Wednesdays.

imageimage
Molly: What's that sound? (f) imagesomebodyimage(cry)?

Julia: Yeah. It's my baby cousin.

Molly: image

(cry) like that?!image

Julia: No, she (h)image

you image (know) what my dad

image (do) at the moment?

Molly:image

Julia: image (listen) to loud music because he (m)image(hate) the sound

of crying! And the amazing thing is that now my grandfather (n)image (steep)

image

He usually (o) image (sleep) in the

afternoon. I don't know how he's doing it!


naualnninn

go with the present continuous?                                  1 Look at these words from the text on page 7.

1       at the moment               5 now

2       never              6 right now         argument • concentration • difference

3      

image image

normally          7 usually

4       on Wednesdays The parts of the word in bold are suffixes. Suffixes change the type of word, e.g. from an adjective or a verb to a noun.

image2 Complete the words in the table and then use your dictionary to check the words,

-ment

imageimageimageimageVerb

image                                                                                                                          1           aryne

-ion

imageimageVerb concentrate

imageimageimage8

Noun

imagedifference

12

30 Choose the correct alternative.


at the moment = present continuous

your pa ner.

en you

trus

 

jn o sjn•u ar

5      image
imageimageComplete the sentences with the present simple or present continuous form of the verbs in the box.

help • lie • need • not understand • shout • work

1      imageimageimageimageimageimageimageI can't come out at the moment because I my sister with her homework. ? My grandfather can hear you.

3      imageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageMy cousin alwaysin a restaurant on Saturday afternoons.

4      imageimageimageimageimageimageimageCan you say that again? I

5      imageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageCan I help you, Dad?you anything?

6      imageMy sisterdown right now because

she doesn't feel well.

6      imageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageWrite questions for these answers.

1      imageimageimageWhat do you do on Fridays?

I play basketball on Fridays.

image

2

My mum is working at the moment.

image3

image

No, my cousin isn't studying at universit

1

How can you improve/improvement your English this year?

5

image

My grandparents go for a walk in the mornings.

2

Do you think you are an independent/ independence learner?

My uncle and aunt live in Liverpool. 4

image63 Have you got a lot of confident/confidence when My family and I usually go to the cinema at the    you speak in English? weekend.

4 Are there many different/differences between English and your language?

7      SPEAKING Use the questions in 6 to interview


•e-having-diseuss/discussio

do you do on Fridays?

questions to ask.

3b SPEAKING] Work with a partner. Ask and answer the

            What                                                                              questions in 3a.

image

I go out with my friends.

lifa eViIIe• A'

Con ribunng to       MIL Y Ll

LIFE SKILLS OBJECTIVES

To think about rights and responsibilities in a family.

To learn about different ways of helping with family life.

• To decide positive steps to take to contribute to family life.

la SPEAKING! Work with a partner. Ask and answer these questions.

1         Who prepares your school bag each morning?

2         Who makes your dinner?

3         Who buys the food you have for dinner? 4 Who puts clean towels in the bathroom?

5     Who cleans the table after you eat?

6     Who empties the rubbish bin in your bedroom?

7     Who provides the money if you need some to go out?

KEY CONCEPTS

right, rights [n]: We all have a right to express our opinions. responsibility, responsibilities [n]: When you have a pet, you must take responsibility for what it does. respect [v]: Children need to respect their parents and grandparents. independent [adjl: She's very independent. She is able to make her own decisions.

We all have rights. Sometimes we feel angry if people dm't respect onr rights. Teenagers usually feel strongly that they have a right to say what they think. Or they have a right to choose what they do in their free time.

Maybe they feel that they have a strong right to privacy€ These rights are all important. They are part of becoming an independent adult. But, when We are changing a child into an adult, it is easy to forget that there are two sides to this. We have rights, but We also have responsibilities at lunte. Can we demand our independence if other people do the shopping for us, make meals, clean the bathroom andyive us pocket

wtoney to yo Out?

As we yet older, we feel We have mure rights. And We Want others to respect our rights. gut to become an independent adult We need to accept ÖvVkt responsibilities and begin to do things fir onrselves.

After all, parents have rights, too,

3 SPEAKING, Answer these questions,

1      Do you agree with the examples of rights in the first paragraph?

Why/Why not?

2      What other rights do you think teenagers have at home? Make a list.

3      Look at the question at the end of the second paragraph. What is your answer to this question? Explain.

4      What rights and responsibilities do you think parents have?

1b Count how many times your answer was 'l do' in la.

Read the essay. Choose the best title.

a      Teenagers have rights AND responsibilities.

b      Teenagers have the power. c Wait until you are an adult.

10


about their special responsibilities. Watch the video or listen and write down each person's special responsibility.

Grace Louis

Jessica

5 Q) 03 Watch or listen again and write the name of the person who says these things. 1 I'm an only child.

2       I chose to take on my responsibility.

3       I have a new opinion about my mum.

4       I can do more in my free time because of my responsibility.

5       I can now have something I want.

6       I have to help because my mum is busy studying,

the house. Check that you understand the words in the list. Use a dictionary if necessary,

A Who usually does B How often do this in your house'? you do this?

clean the kitchen

clean the bathroom cook

do the shopping

do the washing lay the table

make your bed

take the rubbish out

tidy your bedroom wash the dishes

6b SPE.AKING Interview your partner to find out who usually does these jobs in their house.

Who usually cleans the kitchen in your house?

6c SPEAKING, Now find out how often your partner does these jobs (every day, once/ twice/three times a week, at the weekends, never)e How often do yon clean the kitchen?

LIFE TASK

You want to contribute more to your family life.

Follow this plan:

or In a sma group. part rom t e Isto JO s in 6 and the ideas in the videos, make a list of any other ideas, big or small, to help at home.

2      Individually make a list of things that you think you could do to make a positive contribution to your family life.

3      Make a 'Helping out' timetable in your notebook to plan when you can do these things. Use your school timetable to help.

4      Compare and comment on your timetables. 5 Tell your family about your plans!


imageLook at these sentences and then complete rules 1—5 with a/an, the or no article.

I think family dinners are great.

b Family dinners are an important moment for us. The dinner I'm eating today isn't good.

d The government talks a lot about family dinners.

I'm a computer technician.

imagearticle when we talk about

things in general.

to talk about a singular, countable person or thing for the first time, or to say that the person or thing is one of a number of things or people.

3     We useimageto talk about a specific person or thing or a person or thing mentioned before.

4     We useto talk about someone or

image

1

SPEAKING, Work with a partner. Describe the photos.

 

something that is unique.

2

LISTENING' 04 Listen to a radio programme about

5

useimageto say what somebody's

 

family dinners. Match the people with their

 

profession is.

GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 16

situations,

image image

image                                  image              3 sally            image              5 Jennifer

 

2

Chris                                                             6 Daniel

2a PRONUNCIATION 0 05 Listen to how we pronounce the

 

A

eats with the family just once a week

in List A and List B below. What is the difference

 

B

eats with the family but they don't talk

in pronunciation? Why is this?

 

C

makes dinner for the family every day

List A: the problem the dinner the government the weekend

 

D

never arrives home in time for dinner

List B: the end the important thing the evening

 

E

eats and talks with the family every day

the afternoon

 

F

usually eats with the family but isn't eating with

 

 

 

them today

2b 05 Listen again and repeat.

 

G

always eats alone because their parents work

 

 

H

has to order pizza because nobody has time to cook

3 Complete the sentences with the if necessary.

3

LISTENING) 04 Answer these questions. Listen again

        1 Today on image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image programme we're talking

 

if necessary.

             aboutimageimage image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image               image               image                image                        image   image  image image imagefamily dinners.

 

1 How many hours a week does Mike work?

        2 I'm going toimage imageimage imageimage imageimage image imageimage imageimage imageimage imageimage image image imageimage image image image imageimage image imageimage image imageimage                     image             imagefridge to see if there's

2      Where does he_go in hisjpb?      anything to eat.image

3      What does Chris usually eat?            3 I thinkcommunication is essential.

image

4 When does Sally eat?

       4 In my house image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image breakfast isn't an

5 How many children and grandchildren does Alice have?

important meal.

6 When does Alice eat with her family?

5 Adults can't always arrive on time because of

7 Where are Jennifer's parents tonight?

                       image image image image image image image image imagework.imageimage

8 What's the problem with Daniel's family dinners?

6      I don't like image food at school image

7      In image              image                image                image                image                image   image                image                image                image                image                image   imagefilms they often show

4 SPEAKING; What about you?

                       image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image imagefamilies eating image image image image image image image

Do you think it's important to eat with your family? Why/Why not?

12                 1


4      Read the text and choose the correct alternative. (a) A/The report by the National Literacy Trust in the UK says that talking at home during meals can help (b) the/— children to be more confident and to communicate well. (c) A/The report says that 87% of (d) the/— young people sit down with their family at mealtimes. But 7.1% of those young people never or rarely talk to their family while they are eating. (e) A/An interesting thing the Literacy Trust discovered is that talking at mealtimes makes you more confident about speaking in (f) the/— class discussions or in front of your classmates. Most young people who talk at mealtimes think that (g)    good communication skills are important for finding (h) a/the good job. (i) A/The British Government is interested in this report because they want to improve children's speaking and listening skills. And (j) the/— families can help to do this just by talking at dinnertime.

5      Find and correct a mistake with articles in each sentence.

1 I'm a vegetarian. I never eat the meat.

image2 My mum is the doctor tn a big hospital, 3 Could you pass me potatoes?

4      I had a cat but a cat disappeared last month.

5      He's a student at University of Edinburgh.

6      She's got a brother and the sister.

 

Yes, I do. You can talk and find

image

7      image

image

I haven't got a watch — can you tell me a time? difference to your school marks? 7 Do you like food at your school?

6b SPEAKING Interview your partner using the correct questions in 6a.

1     Do you think   family dinners are important?

2     Arc    family dinners important part of life in your country?

3     Do you think children and parents talk a lot in your country?

Do you think family dinners are important?


4 Do you talk about when you have 5 Do you listen to 6 Do you think important things dinner?

music at dinnertime?

food you eat makes a

nau•lnnin« enanlzin«

image

1  Complete with information about you and your brothers, sisters or best friend.

image

2  [SPEAKING] Look at these four people and their personal information filese Tell your partner which people are similar to you. Explain why.

Oliver is similar to me because he's got one brother and he does sport on Sundays.

one brother, one sister brother at university, sister works goes out with friends on Saturdays plays tennis on Sundays

Liam

no brothers or sisters best friend studies at school goes out with friends on Saturdays

Oliver

does sport on Sundays

one brother brother at school watches films on Saturdays

Emma

doesn't like sport

one sister sister lives in the US plays tennis on Saturdays plays computer games on Sundays

Phillipa

3  LISTENING' 06 Listen to two teenagers meeting for the first time. Look at the information in 2. Which two people are talking?

4  Work with a partner. Complete the dialogue with the correct questions. Look at the Speaking bank for help.

B: Yes, I've got one brother

EXAM SUCCESS

 

In information role-plays, how can you keep the conversation going?

EXAM SUCCESS page 144

image image

A: Me too. (b)

B: He's 22.

A: (c)

B: No, he doesn't. He's at university in Manchester.

B: About once a month, when he comes home for the weekend.

A: That's good! I see my brother every day because he's only 14. image

B: I usually go out with my friends on Saturdays and we sometimes play football on Sundays.

(f)

image

A: My brother and i often go to the cinema on Saturdays. But I never play football because I don't like sport.

SPEAKING BANK

Useful questions to ask for personal information

Have you got any brothers or sisters?

What do you do at the weekend/in the evenings/ on Wednesdays? What about you?

Do you like ... ?

What do you think of ...? How often do you ... ?

5a PRONUNCIATION 0 07 Which questions in the dialogue go with diagram A? Which go with diagram B? Listen again and checke

diagram A diagram B

5b 07 Listen and repeat the questions.

6 [SPEAKINGI Practise the completed dialogue in 4 with your partner. Pay special attention to the correct intonation in questions.

PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT

70 (SPEAKING: Work with a partner. Do this role-play using the dialogue in 4 and the Speaking bank to help you.

You meet an English boy/girl at a summer camp.


     Find out if he/she has brothers or sisters. e tm era ou your, arm y.

     Find out what he/she does at the weekend.

     Tell him/her what you do in your free time.


7b SPEAKING Change partners and repeat.


image Look at this advert from a teenager called Alanna. What does Alanna want? Would you be interested in contacting her? Why/Why not?

2   Read this reply to Alanna's advert. Do you think this person is a good e-pal for Alanna? Why/Why not?

New message! O'

Hi Alanna!

1  1'm Isabel. I'm from Alicante in Spain. Let me tell you about myself,

2  1'm from quite a big family. I've got two brothers and a sister My sister and I are almost the same age and we go eveywhere together. My father is a teacher and my mother works in a hospital My dad teaches at my school. That's often a good thing, but sometimes it can be really bad ov i t o all es of music but especially pop and rock. My favourite group is Imagine Dragons. Do you know them? Right now I'm listening to their latest album.

4 English is my favourite subject at school, This year 1 1 m doing extra classes and I also read books in English. At the moment I'm reading a book by John Green. Do you know him?

5 Anyway, that's all for now. Write back soon if you'd like to be my e-pal.

Best wishes

Isabel

3   image
Look again at the email in 2 and complete the information in the Writing bank.

E/ WRITING BANK

Useful words and expressions in informal emails To begin an informal email we usually use Dear

(Alanna) or just Hi.

We use contractions like I'm or

We can use emoticons like @ or

We can use the word to change the subject.

To finish an informal email we can use:

              That's          for now, Bye for now!,

              Write        soon, All the best or Best

4  Match the paragraphs in Isabel's email with their content.

Paragraph 1

favourite subject at school

Paragraph 2

main interest or hobby

Paragraph 3

basic personal information

Paragraph 4

asking for a reply

Paragraph 5

family

PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT

5  Look at the task and write an email. Use Isabel's email an the Writing an to e p you. o ow the paragraph plan in 4.

Write an email with information about yourself to a new e-pal. Tell your e-pal: basic personal information information about your family information about your main hobby information about your favourite subject at school.

                                                                  WRITING BANK      PAGE 150


image

image

Present simple

FORM

USE

Affirmative l/You/We/They understand

We use the present simple to talk about:

He/She/lt understands.

regular habits and routines.

Negative         l/You/We/They don't (do not) understand.

We walk to school every day.

He/She/lt doesn't (does not) understand

permanent situations.

Question        Do l/you/we/they understand?

live in France.

Does he/she/it understand?

general and scientific facts.

Short Yes, l/you/we/they do. No, l/you/we/they don't. answers Yes, he/she/it does. No, he/she/it doesn't.

Time expressions we often use with the present simple: always, usually, normally, often, sometimes, rarely, never, once/twice/ three times a day/weel</month/year, on Mondays/Tuesdays

Present continuous

girds fly.

FORM

USE

Affirmative subject + am/are/is + verb + -ing

We use the present continuous to talk about:

We're working.

• actions that are happening now.

Negative          subject + am not/aren't/isn't + verb + -ing.

She can't yo out. She's studying for an exam,

She isn't working.

• temporary actions.

Question          Am/Are/ls + subject + verb + -ing o

Jim is studying iVb the IRK.

Are they working?

NOTE: Some verbs are not usually used in the

Short                 Yes, subject + am/are/is. No, subject + am not/

present continuous because they describe states

answers           aren't/isn't.

not actions:

Yes, I am. No, they aren't.

believe, hate, have (=possess), hear, know, love,

Time expressions we often use with the present continuous: now, right now, at the moment, today, this week

Articles

The

mean, need, prefer, see, seem, think (=have an opinion), understand, want

We use a/an with singular, countable nouns.       We use the with countable (singular and plural) and uncountable nouns.

We use it when we mention something for We use it to refer to something or somebody previously mentioned.

the first time, or to say that the thing is one I've 30t a problem. The problem isn't serious.

of a number of things.                                          We also use the to talk about specific things or people.

I've got a bike. It's a mountain bike. The film I saw Was god.

We use a/an to describe somebody's             We also use the to talk about something unique.

profession.

the SRO, the government, the world

He's a teacher.

We use a before a consonant and we use        No article

an before a vowel sound.                                  We do not use an article with plural, countable nouns or uncountable

She's an engineer.           nouns when we are talking about people or things in general.

                                                                                      Educatio is i       løve   c.f

Vocabulary image

1                  Ages and stages of life adolescence • baby • birth • child • childhood • death • middle age (n) middle-aged (man/woman) • old age • senior citizen • teenager • young adult

2                  The family aunt • born • brother • brother/sister/father/mother-in-law • cousin • daughter • divorced grandfather/mother • grandson/daughter • husband • nephew • niece • one-parent family • only child • partner single • sister • son • stepfather/mother • uncle • wife

3                  Noun suffixes •ment, -ion, -ence adolescence • argument • concentration • confidence • description difference • discussion • improvement • independence • information • movement • retirement 4 Other words and phrases page 136


Present simple and present continuous

1 Write the third person singular form 2 and -ing form of the verbs below.

Verb               Third person -ing form singular

3 write 4

6 watch 7 do

Articles

3 Choose the correct alternative.

/ 16 points

Choose the correct word to complete the sentences.

a new pair of jeans today.

a wears b carries c wearing d carrying 2 When your sister have English lessons?

        a is                         b do                       c does

3 I'm not sure if he            French or German right now.

a studies b are studying c study d 's studying 4 I'm sorry, I what you're telling me.

 

a 'm not understanding                  b

not understand

 

c are understanding                         d

don't understand

5

Where's your cousin? He normally

on time.

 

 

a come                     b is arriving          c

arrives            d

is coming

6

Ah! Now I             what you mean.

 

 

 

b 'm seeing c d 'm not understanding

'm knowing

 

7

Stop talking to her because she

to you.

 

 

a don't listen b listens                          c

's listening d

never listens

8

Why              she doing anything?

 

 

 

a hasn't                  b isn't                   c

doesn't          d

don't

1  It's a/the/— beautiful day and a/the/— sun is shining.

2  A/The/— young girl walks into a restaurant. A/The/— girl sits down and orders a pizza.

3  My cousin loves a/the/— books. He's a/the/— writer.

4  Pete's uncle is a/the/— doctor. He says a/the/— exercise is good for you.

Vocabulary revision image

/ 8 points


/ 8 points

AGES AND STAGES OF LIFE -THE FAMILY

image

imageimageimage1 Complete the text with the appropriate words.

'My name's Harry. I'm not married yet, I'm still (a) My mum and dad are middle-(b) — I think they're both 50 this year. I'm an (c) child.

I haven't got any brothers or sisters but I spend a lot of time with my (d)

Tara. She's my Uncle Jack's daughter. She's young. I remember when she was born. in fact, I was there at the hospital on the day of her (e) My Aunt Angela,

      Uncle Jack's (f)                           is really nice,

too. My dad's mum, my (g) is really special. She says I'm special for her too, maybe because I'm her only

(h)

Total:

-ENCE

/ 8 points

NOUN SUFFIXES -MENC -ION,

2      Complete the sentences with the correct form of these words.

adolescent • concentrate • describe • different excite • improve • independent • inform

1     She usually gets 50% or 60% in her exams but in this exam she got 90%. That's a bigimage

2     Can you give me a imageof your sister? I don't know who she is in this photo.

3     Good food helps your at school. 4 There's a lot ofimage about the famous actor's visit to the school.

5  There are two or three imagebetween the present simple and the present continuous.

6  She wants to be a secondary school teacher because she likes working with

7  A dictionary gives you image about new words. 8 He's very — he doesn't need anybody to help him.

/ 40 points


imageis when somebody breaks

image

into a house and steals things from it.

5

Complete the definitions with the expressions in the box.

imageimageis when somebody steals accuse a suspect • analyse evidence • arrest a suspect from a bank or a person. charge a suspect • collect evidence • investigate a case

image

image
image

imageprove something • question a suspect

 

4

image is when somebody damages

 

 

 

public property.

When detectives imageimage                imageimage              

 

5

image is when somebody tal<es things from a shop without payingimage

1

image they try to find out what really happened.

 

6

image is when somebody copies

2

image they ask them things.

 

 

software such as CDs and DVDs illegally.

3

image they take them to a police station

 

7

image is when somebody takes

 

because they think they have done something bad.

 

 

a person's money or possessions using violence.

4

image with something, they make an official statement that they think the suspect did something bad.

 

8

imageis when you trick somebody to get money or something from them.

5

image of something, they say that they did something badimage imageimage

2

Complete the words for the person

6

image they get DNA samples or

 

who does each of the crimes in 1. Use a

 

something that can help to show that somebody did

 

dictionary if necessary.

 

something bad.

they give evidence or proof that

they-study.itän.detail

6 What is the noun form of each verb in 5? Remember

3      08 Listen, check and repeat.      that some noun forms are identical to the verb form.

Verb: accuse Noun: accusation

4      LISTENING} 09 Listen to four radio news Verb: analyse Noun: analysis items. What are the crimes?

13 7 imageSPEAKING) Work with a partner. Ask and answer this imagequestion.

       2 image      4 image                  Would you like to do detective work? Why/Why not?


2image


newspaper-stories—Carr-you-match-the-titles-o the stories with the pictures? There is one title you do not need.

1     POLICE! DON'T MOVE!

2     The bank that's always open.

3     ARREST THAT DETECTIVE!

4     A thief? Or just thirsty?

2     Work with a partner. From the titles and pictures, what do you think happens in each story? Guess.

3     Read the stories. Which picture and title goes with each one?

ommaso Bonardi, 78, and Vittorio Laudani, 70, are a pair of experienced thieves. Last weekend, they tried to steal from a luxury fashion shop in Rome.

They went into the shop in the middle of the night wearing smart suits. At 4 am they were putting clothes and accessories worth €100,000 into a bag when the police arrived. But the criminals didn't run away. "lhev stood completely still and pretended to be part of the fashion éi»layr. Ihe police looked for them but didn't see them. Then one of them moved.      police arrested thon immediately, and not for the first time!

olice in Devon, UK, had a difficult case to investigate last week. A work of art disappeared at a literary festival. 'The work of art was a bottle of water.

It was special because the water came from melted Antarctic ice. An American artist called Wayne Hill brought back two litres of the special water and made a bottle for it. 'The work represented the problem of global warming. It had a value of over L42,000, so Hill wasn't very happy about its disappearance. Did an art thief take it? Or maybe somebody came across the bottle, thought it was rubbish and threw it in the bin. Or was somebody just very thirsty? "Ihe police looked into the case but no evidence turned up.

c

Banks use complicated systems to stop bank robbers. So what happened last weekend at a bank in Easingwold was very surprising.

t vj-€Säfi1Tdäy tüfldfume. Britiéh bå-nköd6n't ÜSÜ•ÅIFy-• open on Saturday afternoon. Daniel and Alison Pettigrew were outside their local bank with Oliver, their 5-year-old son. Oliver disappeared for a minute. When he came back, he said: 'Dad, rhe bank's open.' Daniel didn't believe his son at first. But he föund out i t was true. The door was open! Nobody was inside, but they saw computers and other things, all unprotected. Daniel called 999 and waited flor rhe police to arrive. 'lhe bank worked out that there was a problem with the door and sent somebody to lock it. They thanked Oliver for doing rhe right thing and opened an aCCOLlnL [Or him.

4

6

7

POLICE

FILE

b

-7

CLOSED

c

Read the stories again and answer these questions.

1   How did Bonardi and Laudani try to escape the police?

2   Why didn't their plan work?

3   What was the work of art that disappeared at a literary festival in Devon?

4   What different theories could explain the disappearance of the work?

5   Why were the Pettigrews surprised the bank was open?

6   Who discovered the problem and what did they do about it?

7   How did the bank thank Oliver?

GCRITICAL THINKING

Think! Then compare ideas with your class.

• How serious are the crimes in stories A and B?

What do the underlined words in the text mean? Guess and then check in your dictionary.

SPEAKING} What about you?


Which story do you prefer and why?

                                                                              image  2image

presentation video.


-Pastsimpt

la Look at these sentences. Which sentences are in the present simple and which are in the past simple?

a     The police arrested them immediately.

b     Did an art thief take it?

c      Banks use complicated systems to stop bank robbers.

d     The work of art was a bottle of water.

e     They went into the shop in the middle of the night.

f       British banks don't usually open on Saturday afternoon.

g     The police didn't see them.

h     Hill wasn't very happy.

1b In la, find a sentence with ...

1 a form of be in the past simple affirmative. d 2 a form of be in the past simple negative.

3  a regular verb in the past simple affirmative.

4  an irregular verb in the past simple affirmative.

5  a past simple question.

6  a verb in the past simple negative.

lc Complete the sentences with the past simple form of be, walk and go.

Affirmative: He (a)      was/ walked/ went there yesterday.

Negative: He (b) there yesterday.

         Question: (c)                                              he

          (d)                                               there yesterday?

GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 28

2a ORONUNClÅt10N Look at the three lists below. How do

we pronounce the -ed ending in each list?

      List A: finished    watched     liked               passed

      List B: wanted     needed       painted          started

      List C: stayed      arrived         discovered planned

2c In which list is the -ed ending pronounced /id/? Which letters come just before -ed in the words in this list?

image3 Work with a partner. Write an A to Z of irregular past simple forms with one verb for each letter. Omit any difficult letters. How many can you think of in five minutes?

A — ate, B — bought, C image

2image

form of the verbs given.

In 2013, in New York, there (a)

(be) a terrible crime. Somebody (b) (mug) a 16-year-old boy in the street and (c) (steal) his smartphone. Then he (d) away. The boy (e) (not know)

the criminal but, soon after the mugging, he

(f)                                         (get) a surprise. The mugger

(g)                                       (not be) very clever. He (h) (take) a photo of himself on the phone and accidentally (i)

(email) it to the boy! The boy (j) (print) the photo and (k) to the police. The police (l)

(find) the criminal easily and (m) (arrest) him. He (n) (have) other stolen things at home, too, so the police

    (o)        (be) happy to catch him.

5  Complete these questions about the text in 4 with the past simple form of the verbs given.

1                  Who               a criminal (mug) in 2013 in New York?

2                  What              the criminal

(steal)?

3                  the boy         (know)

the criminal?

4                  (be) the criminal clever? 5 What the criminal image(do)?

6  imageimagethe photo imagethe police?

7  image(be) it difficult to find the

criminal?

(end)?

6 $PEAKINS Work with a partner. Take it in turns to ask and answer the questions in 5.

imagee-informatiombetow-inü . Student B: turn to page 147. Prepare questions to ask your partner to find the missing information. 1 Find the phrasal verbs in the stories on page 19 and match them with the definitions below.

come across find out look for image turn up work out

imagea) When, Was Sir Arthur Conan, Doyl.e   image                imageborn?

7b SPEAKING] Interview your partner.

1

Student A

Sir Arthur Conan Doyle was the creator 2 of the world-famous detective, Sherlock 3

image

imageimageimageHolmes. He was born in (a) in Edinburgh, Scotland4

imageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageConan Doyle was a (b)5

He began writing stories when he was at

image6

imageimageimageimageLook Into investigate find by accident solve a problem by considering the facts

imageimageimageimageimagetry to find

imageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimagediscover arrive or appear unexpectedly


university. When he began worl< he didn't have many patients. He started writing stories again.

Conan Doyle wrote his first Sherlock

image

image

imageHolmes novel in 1 886. The title was (c)The idea for Sherlock Holmes came from one of Conan Doyle's teachers at university. The teacher's name was

image(d)Apart from Sherlock Holmes, Conan Doyle created another interesting character, Sherlock's

image2 Make new sentences using the correct form of the great friend, Doctor Watson.           phrasal verbs in 1 .

 

the keys by accident in the garden.

appeared unexpectedly in the garden.

image

Holmes used logic to solve crimes.

Homes imageinvestigation, they soon discovered where the

investigation, they image

group. You have three minutes. How many can you make with the words in the table?

must include the phrasal verbs in 1. the key.

imageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageSherlock Holmes was always a very 1 Detectives are trying to find the fraudster. popular character. He appeared in over ate looking for.,thzfrahdster. 50 short stories and (e) novels. Conan Doyle tried to kill the 2 The CIA began to investigate the case.

imagecharacter in a story in 1893. But the The CIA public wanted more Sherlock Holmes 3 They found stories and Conan Doyle started writing them again in 1903.

Conan Doyle died when he was

years old. But his famous character Sherlock Holmes is still very much alive. He continues to appear

In


Catewcy to life skills: Social skills cad citäzcnshäp

LIFE SKILLS OBJECTIVES

• To consider what your values are. To give advice to people in difficult situations.

To decide the right way to behave

KEY CONCEPTS

values [n]: Your values are the ideas that help you decide the way you live. lie [v, n]: Is he lying or telling the truth?

beliefs [n]: People from different cultures sometimes have different beliefs. hurt [v]: When you use violence, you can hurt someone. stand up for [v]: You've got to stand up for what you believe in.

Thinking about in a variety of situations.

1 SPEAKING Look at these ideas for how to behave in your everyday life. How much do you agree with them? Write a percentage (20%, 50%, 100%) and then discuss with a partner.

Back             Values checklist                   Edit

1                    Don't lie, always tell the truth.

2                    Respect other people's opinions and beliefs.

3                    Don't hurt people or animals, 4 Don't steal.

5 Don't damage other people's

3 Read the explanations in 2 again and answer these questions.

1  What two things does the writer say about people having different opinions and beliefs?

2  What happens when people don't think about others?

3  What types of stealing does the writer mention?

4  What does the writer say about violence?

5  What is the problem with lying?

6  What does the writer say about public property?

7  What does the writer say about doing what other people want you to do?

property.

6  Stand up for what you think is right.           c)

7  Think about others, not just yourself.

2 READING Read these short explanations for the values in 1. Match the explanations with the values.

We don't all think exactly the same way. That's normal with so many people in the world. The important thing is that everybody has the right to their own opinions and ideas. We all need to respect that right.

Part of being human is looking after other people. When we only think about

B                ourselves, the world becomes a cold and difficult place. When we take action, we need to think about the consequences for us and also for others.

We can't just take what we want. How do you feel if somebody comes and takes your things? Copying another student's work and piracy are two other examples of the same thing taking things that aren't yours.

Physical violence is never a solution. Violence sometimes brings more

D                   violence in the end. When we hurt a person or an animal, we need to be prepare

When we don't tell the truth, we can make life difficult, especially

E                     for ourselves. When somebody finds out that we're lying, they lose

confidence in us, They never know when to believe us. Sometimes even small lies can cause big problems.

We need to remember that public property belongs to all of us. So

Fa we shouldn't damage it. After all, there's no reason for us to break or destroy things that other people can use and enjoy.

You see somebody doing something that you think is bad. If you

G don't agree with that, do something about it. Never do things that you believe are wrong because somebody tells you to. It can be easy to go against what you think is right but there are usually negative consequences in the end.

                 owthinlc ppened                                                                                 ntence-with•one-w

                                                                                                                               1 James's problem started at                          house.

a                                                                                                                                                                                2 The clock was special to his

3  James said     broke the clock.

4  James is worried because his mum and Oliver's mum are

5  Jessica and Kayla had a

6  Jessica             go out at the weekend.

b                                                                                                                                                                                7 Jessica didn't let Kayla copy because she didn't

think it was and she was worried about what the might think. 8 Jessica now has problems with and her friends.

6a What do you think is good advice to give James and Jessica? Think and make notes.

[LISTENING       11 James and Jessica talk to a friend on a video call about a problem 6b Work in a group. Compare your ideas. Do you they had recently. Watch or listen. have similar opinions? Match the teenager to the photos.

     Which have a value problem in 1 with?does each teenager 7 Work situations with and a partner. choose Read the best about answer.these two

1  You need money to buy your friend a birthday present. You find f20 on the classroom floor.

Do you .

a      use the money today to buy the present?

b      keep the money but wait a few days to see if anybody asks for it?

c       give the money to the teacher to find out who it belongs to?

d      do something else? What?

2  A friend wants you to tell her mum that you were together on Saturday afternoon. You weren't.

Do you .

a      agree to do it without asking any questions? b ask her to explain first and then you'll do it? c say no, you don't want to lie? d do something else? What?

LIFE TASK

You want to do the right thing.

Follow this plan:

1  Think of three situations similar to the ones in 7. Write questions and suggestions using some of the values in 1.

2  Ask another group of students your questions. Make a note of their answers.

3  Work in your initial group again. Do you agree with the answers? Do you think people are doing the 'right thing' or not? Why? 4 Tell the class your conclusions.

in

a b two completed actions in the past that happened one after the other.

c      an activity in progress in the past.

d     an activity in progress in the past interrupted by a sudden action.

EXAM SUCCESS

 

You are going to do a 'True/False/Not Mentioned' listening activity. What do you think is the first thing to do in this type of activity?

EXAM SUCCESS page 144

GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 28

1       b Complete this rule.

imageimageWe make the past continuous with the past simple of image+ verb -ing

2       What were these people doing yesterday at 6.30 pm? Write complete sentences.

1  Rachel and Kate/buy clothes.

2  image05TENlW 012 Listen to a boy telling his friend about something that happened to 2 Joe's dad/not make the dinner, him last night. How are the pictures in 1 connected?

image

3       Kim/run in the park.

3  012 Listen again and decide if each statement is True (T), False (F) or if

4  We/not watch TV. the information is Not Mentioned (NM).

1  imageDaniel was watching a detective film on TV last night.     T/F/NM 5 We/do homework.

2  Jim doesn't like watching

                                                                                   T/F/NM             6 Becky/swim.

T/F/NM

7 Sam and Beth/sit in the kitchen.

T/F/NM

image

2      Joe's dad/make the dinner?           5 Where/Sam and Beth/sit?

image

3      image
image

image

What/Kim/do?

image

e What was he looking for? f What did he take out of his bag?

image 7 SPEAKING} Read your complete story to your partner. The old man ran quickly towards the young man.imageAre your stories similar or different? Which story g Then what did he do?do you prefer?

image

h      What did the young man do and why?image

One afternoon a young man was sitting a café drinking coffee. He was talking on his mobile phone. His name was

i        How did the story end?imagein

Daualnnina enaell'inel

1  ,SPQKINSI Work with a partner. Look at the pictures.

Describe what you can see. How do you think the 2 Itimagematter. imagepeople feel?

3  It'simage(water).image

9 SPEAKING BANK

 

Useful expressions for apologies Making apologies I'm sorry.

image

image

image

Responding to apologies It's OK.

Don't worry about it. Never mind.

image

image

image

It's not that important.

4  imageimageimageme (get you a new bottle in the break). 5imageit up to you.image

6 That's the imagetime (l lend you anything). 7 imageterrible.

5 Where do the completed expressions go in the Speaking bank?


2  !SPQXIW image Discuss these questions with your partner.

1       image
When was the last time you apologised to someone? Who did you apologise to and why?

2       When was the last time somebody apologised to you? Who apologised and why?

3       How easy or difficult do you find it to say that you're sorry?

3  LISTENING) 013 Listen to two dialogues. In each dialogue, why does the person apologise? Does the other person accept the apology or not?

PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT

Choose one of the a dialogue for the situation. the Speaking bank.

dialogue. Act it out for the

another situation and create dialogue.

7a Work with a partner. situations in 6. Create Use expressions from

7b SPEAKIL Practise the class.

7c SPEAKINGI Now choose and practise the


imagenavalnninfl writinn

image

1 "SPEAKING) Work with a partner. Look at the photos above from 4 Imagine that you found something

a newspaper. What do you think happened?

unusual last week. Make notes answering the questions.

2 Read a blog post from Tom. Were your ideas in 1 correct?

1  When did you find it?

2  Where were you?

3  Who were you with?

4  What did you find?

5  Why was it unusual?

6  What did you do with the object?

image
         Poste                             2014                                                                                          7 What happened in the end?

MY AMAZING DISCOVERY!

and write your blog notes from 4 and the in the Writing

something unusual. about what you found.

and where unusual and what happened in

WRITING BANK > PAGE 150

imagePRACTICE MAKES PERFECT Did you see me in the newspapers yesterday?!

Yesterday evening I went out with my friend Max. We were 5 Look at the task going home when we came across a bag at the bus station. At post. Use your

first, we didn't l<now what to do. But then we decided to open words and expressions bank to help you. it, to see who it belonged to. When we opened it, we couldn't believe it. It was full of money! There were also passports and plane tickets. We found out that there was f7 {000 in there! Last week you found Write a blog post We went to the local police station but it was closed. Suddenly, Tell them: we saw a police car. We decided to stop it as it was passing by.

We explained the whole story. The police were a bit surprised,what you found but very grateful. They contacted the owner. He was happy, image why the object was too. In the end, he didn't give us a reward, but that doesn't image what you did next matter because Max and I knew we did the right thing. the end.

3 Look at the words and expressions in the Writing bank.

2

Lanauaae eheeknoini: unit

Past simple of to be

(FORM

Affirmative                     l/He/She/lt was here yesterday.

You/We/They were here yesterday.

Negative                         l/He/She/lt wasn't (was not) there last week.

You/We/They weren't (were not) there last week.

Question                        Was l/he/she/it in this school last year?

Were you/we/they in this school last year?

 

Short answers                     Yes, l/he/she/it was. No, l/he/she/it wasn't.

We use the past simple to:

Yes, you/we/they were. No, you/we/they weren't.

describe finished actions or situations in the past.

Past simple of regular and irregular verbs

I Went to Mexico last year.

FORM

to say that one thing happened after another.

Affirmative                           l/You/He/She/lt/We/They worked yesterday.

Whew mum came home, We

l/You/He/She/lt/We/They began yesterday.

Negative                                I/You/He/She/It/We/They didn't (did not) work yesterday.

l/You/He/She/It/We/They didn't (did not) begin yesterday. Question Did l/you/he/she/it/we/they work yesterday?

Did l/you/he/she/it/we/they begin yesterday?

Short answers                    Yes, l/you/he/she/it/we/they did.

No, l/you/he/she/it/we/they didn't.

had dinner.

Past continuous

 

d FORM

 

USE

 

Affirmative

l/He/She/It was working.

We use the past continuous to:

 

 

You/We/They were working,

• talk about activities in progress at a moment in the past.

Negative

l/He/She/lt wasn't (was not)

At four o'clock this afternøm We Were reading.

 

playing.

• describe scenes in a story or description.

 

You/We/They weren't (were

   The old maw Was Wearing a suit and he Was singing old song.

 

not) playing.

• talk about an activity in progress when another, shorter activity

Question

Was l/he/she/it listening?

happened or interrupted it. It tells us that an action was in

 

Were you/we/they listening?

progress, but not that the activity was finished.

Short

Yes, l/he/she/it was.

I Was Watching the TV When somebody knucked at the door.

answers

No, l/he/she/it wasn't.

We often use while and as with the past continuous.

 

Yes, you/we/they were.

While/As I Was Watching him, he turned and looked at me.

 

No, you/we/they weren't.

Remember that some verbs are not usually used in the continuous (see page 16 for some examples of state verbs).

I had a yreen bike. not I Was having a green bike.

Vocabulary

1    Crimes and criminals break into (v) burglar (n pers) burglary (n) burgle (v) copy (v) damage (v) fraud (n) e fraudster (n pers) mug (v) mugger (n pers) mugging (n) piracy (n) pirate (n pers) rob (v) robber (n pers) robbery (n) shoplift (v) shoplifter (n pers) shoplifting (n) steal (v) theft (n) thief (n pers) vandal (n pers) vandalise (v) vandalism (n) violence (n)

2    Detective work accusation (n) accuse (v) analyse (v) analysis (n) arrest (v, n) case (n) charge (v, n) collect (v) collection (n) evidence (n) investigate (v) investigation (n) U proof (n) prove (v) question (v, n) suspect (n)

3    Phrasal verbs connected with investigating and finding come across find out look for look into turn up worl< out

4    Other words and phrases > page 136

28

image

   Past simple                                                                                                                                        / 8 points

Change these sentences and questions from present simple to past simple.

1 Richard and I are students at this school.

5

What time do you finish work?

 

2 What's the problem?

6

She doesn't teach English.

 

3 We leave school at five o'clock.

7

Running makes me tired.

 

4 She catches the bus at that stop.

8

They've got a problem.

 

Past continuous

 

 

/ 8 points

2 Complete the sentences and questions with the past continuous form of the verbs in the box.

cry • listen • read • sit • sleep • tidy • wait write

4                                                                     you      at 2 am?

5                                                                     my room at 8.15 this morning.

       1 At 9 pm last night I                                               a novel.

      6 They                                         for the bus, it was a taxi.

        2 Which CD                       you

       7 Which chair                       you

      3                                         a letter, it was an email.

8 My baby brother he was very tired.

Past continuous and past simple

/ 8 points

3 Choose the correct alternative.

3 Craig drove/was driving home when he

1 While I travelled/was travellinq to work, my phone

remembered/was remembering it was his mum's

suddenly rang/was ringing.

birthday.

2 The boy stole/was stealing the apple while nobody

4 Sam broke/was breaking the window and then he ran/was running away.

looked/was looking.

Vocabulary revision image


/ 6 points

CRIMES AND CRIMINALS

Complete the sentences with some of the words.

burglary • burgle • mug • mugger • piracy pirate • steal • theft • thief • vandal

1

When you for money.

someone, you attack them

rom a person or a p ace, you take money or objects illegally.

3     is a general word for somebody who takes other people's things or money.

4     is entering a house to take things. 5 is someone who damages and destroys things for no reason.

       6 Making illegal copies of DVDs is                             and

it's a crime.

/ 4 oints

DETECTIVE WORK

2      Choose the correct alternative.

1      The man made an important accuse/accusation.

2      They searched but couldn't find any proof/prove.

3      We need to analyse/analysis this evidence.

4      They charged/questioned the people who saw the crime.

PHRASAL VERBS CONNECTED WITH

/ 6 points

INVESTIGATING AND FINDING

3      Complete the sentences with prepositions.

1      I looked (a) my keys but couldn't find them. I hope they turn (b) 'f you come (c) them, could you tell me?

2      A detective is looking (d)  the case to work

who the criminal is. It's urgent to find who did it.

/ 40imageoints                                                       image


TIP FOR READING EXAMS

In multiple-choice reading activities, remember

If you aren't 100% sure of the correct answer, begin by taking away any answers which you know aren't correct.

> EXAM SUCCESS page 144

1      Look at the picture. When do people usually call an emergency phone number like 911 or 999?

2      Read the text and write a title for it.

3      Read the questions. Are there any answers that you think are definitely not correct? Put X next to them.

1      The problem with emergency numbers is that a people don't know what the number is in different countries.

b     people don't always use the service responsibly.

c      not every country has one.

2      Rother McLennon called a to order a sandwich.

b     to give extra information about his order for a sandwich.

c      to complain about his sandwich.

3      The person who answered McLennon's call a found it difficult to believe the call was serious.

b     didn't understand the call.

c      paid no attention to the call.

4      One young boy a made a successful call to 911.

b     called 91 1 because he didn't have anything to do.

c      rang 91 1 because of a personal problem.

5      People need to know that calling 91 1 can a waste a lot of money.

b stop the police from doing their job. c make many people laugh.

4       Now read the text again and choose the best answers in 3.

1-2

PORS

n most countries there is a special emergency telephone number to call the police. This number is 911 in the US but it can change from one country to the next. The only trouble is that some people do not have a very clear idea of what an emergency is.

Take the case of Rother McLennon from Connecticut in the US. In 2012, McLennon rang 911 because of a sandwich. In a local delicatessen, he ordered a sandwich with a lot of cheese and mayonnaise. When they gave him his sandwich, he wasn't happy with it. The police officer who answered the call could not believe her ears. At first, she thought the man was joking. Then she said, 'Don't buy the sandwich, then. Just leave.' But McLennon explained that he didn't want to do that because he wanted to be able to go back to the shop in the future. In the end, the police officer sent somebody to help.

Another woman once called 911 to tell the police that she wasn't happy because her local fast-food restaurant didn't have her favourite dish. One evening, a four-year-old boy was doing his maths homework. He was having a problem with one of the questions and so he called 911. The police officer helped him to answer the maths problem! One man had no job and no friends, so each day he invented a reason to call 911, to stop getting bored. Another woman was sitting in her car and couldn't find her keys to open the car door. She called 911. Of course, the police officer told the woman to try opening the car door manually. It worked.

At first these 911 calls seem to be funny, but really they aren't. Each call takes up the time of the police. They waste heir-time-instead.oC-being-free-t04tnswevsevious-eaI.Is-a help people with real problems. That explains why the police can, in fact, arrest you for calling 911 without a good reason.


5       {LISTENING 014 You are going to listen to a          9 Write an informal email to an e-pal. Describe

     programme about the British Secret Intelligence           a good friend at school. Follow this paragraph

     Service (SIS). Listen and decide if the statements           plan and remember to use typical words and

     are True (T) or False (F).                                                  expressions in informal emails.

1       The popular name for the SIS is M15. Paragraph 1: Basic personal information about your

2       The SIS generally works outside the UK.   friend (name, age, where they are from)

3       The director of the SIS is called M.            Paragraph 2: Information about your friend's family

4       In real life, the SIS has a director of technology,            Paragraph 3: Their hobbies

                like the character O in the James Bond films.                                Paragraph 4: Their favourite subject(s) at school

5       The headquarters of the SIS are under the      Paragraph 5: Ask for a reply

             River Thames.                                                                 T/F          CAN DO' PROGRESS CHECK UNITS 1-2                 CEF

6       You can see inside the headquarters in a James

         Bond film.                                                                    1 How well can you do these things

in English now? Give yourself a mark

7       The SIS has a secret nuclear bunker under its from 1 to 4.

headquarters.

1 I can do it very well.

6       014 Correct the false sentences. Listen again if    I can do it quite well.

necessary.

3 = I have some problems,

I can't do it.

Speaking                                                                                                                           I can talk about routines and what's

a

           TIP FOR SPEAKING EXAMS                                                                         happening now using the present simple

                                                                                                                                           and present continuous.                                                   4

         In information role-plays, remember                                                  b I can ask for and give basic personal

             Use basic question words like Who? What? When?                                  information.                                                                         4

             Where? How? Why? to think of more questions to                                c I can make nouns using the suffixes

           keep the conversation going.                                                                      -ment, -ion, -ence.                                             4

                                                              EXAM SUCCESS page 144                   d I can understand conversations about

                                                                                                                                           families and family life.                                                      4

7       Look at this situation and make a list of questions            e I can write a basic informal email about

      that you can ask.                                                                   myself or somebody I I<now well.                C] 4

          There is a new student from England in your school.                                f I can tall< about past events using the

       • Ask them about their family and a member of their                         past simple and past continuous.

             family who is special to them.                                                            g I can understand written and spoken

                Find out information about their free-time activities.                              texts about crimes and the police.

         Which member of your family ts special to you?                     h I can make and respond to apologies.

                                                                                                                                    j   I can explain events in the past using

8       SPEAKING. Work with a partner and act out the  expressions of sequence and time.

role-play. When you finish, change roles.

2 Now decide what you need to do to

improve.

1       Look again at my book/notes.

2       Do more practice exercises.

TIP FOR WRITING EXAMS

 

In writing exams, remember

It's important to know what the examiners want to see in your answer. Find out how many marks there are and what you need to do to get a good mark.

EXAM SUCCESS page 144

TIP FOR LISTENING EXAMS

 

 

In True/False activities, remember

Before you listen, read the questions. They can give you ideas about the topic of the text and the vocabulary you are going to hear.

EXAM SUCCESS page 144

WORKBOOK Units 1 and 2 3 Ask for help.

4 Other:

1-2

7 Look at these words. Decide if we use do or make with each word. Can you think of other verbs we can use with the words?

image image

image3       15 Listen and check your answers.

 

 

do English, study English, Learn English imageimage  image          image

4a FRONUNCIATION, Mark the main stress in each word in 2.

8

imageimageimageSPUKlN8 Interview your partner with these

    Argentina       Argentinian       Spanish

 

questions about learning English. Are your answers similar?

4b 16 Listen, check and repeat with the correct stress.

 

1 How do you study English outside school? 2 How do you revise vocabulary before an exam?

5 SPUKIN@ Work in a small group. Which of the

 

3 How often do you translate from and into English?

countries in 2 would you like to visit and why?

 

4 How do you feel about writing in English?

I'd like to visit Brazil, because I love Watching the

 

5 How often do you do English homework?

Brazilian fiatball teams.

 

6 When do you take English exams?

7  How do you feel when you make mistakes in Learning a language          English?

8  Do you prefer practising speaking, writing, reading,

6 Look at these words. They are all verbs. What and listening or doing grammar and vocabulary nouns can you make from them? exercises? Why?

How do you study

English outside school?

memorise • practise • revise • study ' translate

study — student, studies

I do my homework and I sometimes read books in English. I watch films in English,

 

too.image

3image


image

00

   Can you guess what language each colour is?                   in the text?

       Diolch yn fawr            Zac Euxapto-td)           Pakka pét         Gracios        Teekkür ederim       AITÄH             Grazie

                                                                            Dziqkuje             Cna0i60              Hvala                                         Dékuji         Merci

                                                       Köszönöm             Dankie            Salamat                                 Obrigado           Danke

imageimageMAPPING the world's

LANGUAGES

In North America there aren't many different colours. English, in grey, is

There are also maps of specific cities. A map of London in 2012

 

the main language. There's also some

showed that people were tweeting in 66

 

pink for Spanish. And there is a little

languages! 92.5% of all the tweets were

Nowadays there are a lot of different

purple for French in Canada. The map

in English. Next were Spanish, Turkish

ways to communicate with others. One

of Europe, on the other hand, is like a

and Arabic. The experts were surprised

of these is Twitter. People send millions

rainbow. We can see that there are big

to see that the seventh biggest

of Twitter messages, or tweets, every

blocks of colour for languages such

language appeared to be Tagalog, from

day. One Twitter user, Eric Fischer,

as English, French, Spanish, German

the Philippines. At first, they couldn't

likes making maps.

and Italian. But look p!psely_ and you

see any good explanations for this

He had an idea. He used data collected from

can see there are a few areas where

unusual result. They looked into it and

Twitter to show all the languages used in the

different languages pp-exi>!, such as

found that many of the words were not

tweets. He needed some time to collect the data.

in Switzerland. But what you can see

really Tagalog. They were English terms

But once he had it all, it didn't take him long to

are only tweets. Some countries are

such as 'hahahahaha', 'ahhhhhhh' and

create the maps. Now we have a collection of

almost invisible because there are only

'10101010101'. The professor in charge

maps which show who uses which languages

a few Twitter users there. And in some

of the project said: 'Tagalog wasn't

and where. The maps are fascinatin_g and also

countries, like Russia, the tweets are

included in the final map but it seems

very beautiful.

mainly ppncentrated in big cities.

like a fun language!'

3     Read the text again. Are these statements True (T), False (F) or is the information Not Mentioned (NM)?

1      Eric Fischer doesn't send Twitter messages.

2      Eric Fischer just needed Twitter to make his maps.

3      The map of North America shows that one langua e is dominant there.

4

Fischer decided to make the map of Europe colourfuii T/F/NM

5

On the maps, it is difficult to see countries where

 

5

What do the underlined words in the

 

people don't use Twitter.

T/F/NM

 

image

text mean? Guess and then check in

6

The Twitter map of London showed that 8.5% of tweets there are in Spanish.

T/F/NM

 

your dictionary.

7

Tagalog is a very difficult language to learn.

T/F/NM

6

imageimageimage           SPEAKINW What about you?

8

Tagalog wasn't really the seventh biggest language

 

 

1 What do you think about social

 

in London.

T/F/NM

 

networks like Twitter and why?

2 How do you communicate with people and which language(s) do you use?

                                                                                                                                                         image     3

in presentation video,

             a little                                                                                     burgers for dinner tonight.

Look at the words. Are they countable or

        Brad:    Good idea. In that case, get (i)

uncountable?

tomato ketchup, too. We haven't got

           1 country                     3 money                5 area

at the moment. And get

                                                4 colour               6 language

1b Look at these sentences. The words in bold all

                      (k)                           yoghurt for dessert!

express quantity. Answer questions a—e about

2b All the words above in bold are types of food,

the words.

 

but they all have something else in common.

1 Some countries are almost invisible.

 

Can you guess what it is?

2      He needed some time to collect the data.

3      They couldn't see any good explanations for this.

4      Did Fischer make any money from the maps?

3

Choose the correct alternative.

5 There aren't many different colours.

 

Nobody knows exactly how (a) much/man words

6 He didn't need much time.

 

there are in total in the English language but there are

(b) a lot/a lot of. One reason why there are so

7 There are a lot of different ways to communicate

 

(c) many/much is that English takes words from

8 It doesn't take a lot of time.

 

(d) much/man other languages. Look at the words

9 There are a few areas where different languages

 

for food in exercise 2, for example. There may be

co-exist.

 

(e) a few/a little words there that come from your

10 They had a little knowledge of Tagalog, but not

 

language. (f) Some/An of the words come from

much.

 

South America — potato, tomato and chocolate. There aren't (g) an /man words from Chinese in the English

a Which words do we use with uncountable

 

language, but l<etchup is one of them. Originally,

nouns?

 

ketchup was the name for a type of fish sauce in

China. Teenagers in the UK don't eat (h) many/much

some, any, much, a lot Of a little

 

fish sauce but they do eat (i) lots/lots of burgers.

b Which words do we use with plural, countable

 

There is (j) some/an confusion about the origin of the

nouns?

 

word burger, but (k) a lot of/much people think that it

c Which words usually appear in negative sentences

 

comes from German. Because the UK and France are

and questions?

 

neighbours it is normal that there are (l) a few/a lot of

d Which words do we use to talk about large

 

French words in English — hundreds in fact. Biscuit is

quantities?

 

just one example. On the other hand, (m) a lot of/

e Which words do we use to talk about small

 

fruit travels a long way to get to the UK. That explains why the word banana comes from an African

quantities?

 

language. There are also (n) a few/a little words

GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 42

 

from Turkish, like yoghurt. And, finally, if you ask for (o) a few/a little sugar in your coffee, you're using two

Arabic words. Just by being in an English kitchen you

2a Complete the dialogue with some or any.

Jamie: Brad, I'm going shopping this afternoon What do we need to get? Have we got

bananas?

 

can travel to (p) much/man countries!

         Brad: Yeah, we've got (b)                            bananas but

 

ASIA EUROPE

potatoes.

 

AFRICA

Jamie: What about sugar? Have we got

 

SOUTH

                       (d)                           sugar?

Brad: No, we haven't got (e) sugar, but we have got (f) chocolate.

 

AMERICA

AUSTRALASIA

                    And we need to get (g)                           biscuits

too.

3 2

image                                                                                                                vncahu!rqrvimage

complete each sentence with two or three different ideas.

English/French/German/Russian words irregular past forms phrasal verbs prefixes prepositions present tenses words beginning with Z words with more than 12 letters

1 Look at the words in the box. What do they have in common? What is the image opposite of each word?

illegal • impossible • incorrect informal • invisible • irregular

1     There are some French words and some German words.    unhappy • unusual

2     There are a lot of

image

3     There aren't any            2 Choose the correct alternative.

image

1 Many common English verbs, such

 

2

People aren't usuallyimage

5a Work individually. Look at the photos and choose a country.

 

when somebody reads their private

image  image Make notes about things that there are or aren't in this

 

messages.

country. Use the ideas in the box.

3

'A books' is correct/incorrect English.

4     imageimageThere aren't many as go, do and make, have a regular/ 5 There are a fewan irregular past form.

image

4 You couldn't see the message. It was animals • bicycles • food • fruit visible/invisible. modern/old buildings • monuments • mountains offices • people • snow • tourism • trees • water 5 'Dear Sir or Madam' is a formal/ informal expression.

6      imageIt is legal/illegal to steal data.

7      It is possible/impossible to read hundreds of messages in just two minutes.

imageimage
3a PRONUNCIATION 017 Listen to the words in 1. Underline the syllable we stress in each word. Do we stress the prefix in each word?

3b 0 17 Listen again and repeat the words with the correct stress.

4a Think of an example of something (for example, a word or a situation) for each word in 1.

Is

many.

5c SPEAKINS Now choose different countries not in the photos and repeat.

                                                                                                                                               image    3


                            lifa eleille•                el'ille

Public

LIFE SKILLS OBJECTIVES

     To consider the importance of body language.

     To learn useful tips for public speaking.

To practise giving a talk to the class.

KEY CONCEPTS

gesture      He made a gesture with his hand to tell me to stop.

confident [adjl, confidence [n]: She was confident about the exam because she studied hard for it. (in)secure [adjl: I feel secure when I'm speaking in front of my friends. (non-)verbal [adjl: Animals use non-verbal language because they don't use words. audience [n]: There were 200 people in the audience for the school concert. sincerity [n]: An honest way of behaving which shows you really mean what you say.

la Work with a partner. Look at the photos. From this person's 'body language', decide if you think the person is:

A     secure, confident and in control

B     insecure and not very confident

1b Turn to page 147 for an expert's answers.

lc Do you agree with the expert's opinions?

Why/Why not? Is any of the body language in the pictures above impolite in your country?

READING Read the text and choose the best title.

1       Without words, there's no communication

2       Learning to communicate without words

3       Body language — it's the same all over the world

3 Read the text again and answer these questions.

1 Why can non-verbal communication cause problems?

mentioned in the text?

3       Why do people sometimes put their hand in front of their mouth in a conversation?

4       Is it good or bad to look at somebody directly in the eyes? Why?

5       Why does the writer mention Bulgarians?

6       Is it good or bad to stand very close to the person you are speaking to?

7       In what way is body language similar to verbal language?

good body language in this situation?


more important -WHAT YOU SAY or

'QHOWYOU SAY IT?

Some say that up to 70% of decisions made at interviews are based on nonverbal factors. We can communicate a lot just with our body, our face and our gestures. The problem is that we often do this without thinking or reatising. Just by the way that we sit, stand or walk we can appear insecure, confident or sometimes overconfident. Other people form opinions about us before we open our mouths.

DO a little experiment. The next

time you watch TV, turn down the volume. Watch how people move their arms and hands. Look at their faces and their eyes. Now try to imagine what they are saying and how they feel and turn the volume back up. It's incredible how much we can understand without words.

LOOK around the room right now. Are people

sitting up straight? That probably means they are paying attention. Is anybody folding their arms? That's usually a sign that they are being defensive. Is anybody touching their hair? Maybe they're nervous. When somebody speaks, see if they cover their mouth. If they do, perhaps they're lying. On the other hand, when somebody looks straight into your eyes when they speak to you, it's generally a sign of sincerity and confidence.

be problems with body language though. Gestures do not mean the same thing in every country. Even gestures for yes and no can sometimes be different. Bulgarians shake their heads from side to side to mean yes, and they nod up and down to say no. Also, what people believe is polite or impolite can change. Sitting with your hands behind your head is impolite in some countries but not in others. And in some countries it is normal to stand very close to the person you are speaking to.

rs,oeople-sometimes o ortabte when the person speaking to them is very close to them or touching them.

                     > BO(IY la l)                             doesn't have

grammar* or vocabu ary, buthfiere are still things we can learn and practise if we want to send the right message!

g.

5                               LISTENING             18 Watch the video or listen to two students giving advice about how to speak in public. Do they mention any of your ideas in 4?

6                               018 Complete the advice with one word in each space. Listen again if necessary.

AD•JSC€ FOR SPEAKSN& SN rugusC

straitta+.

but mof too

Z 'lÅse our m.'IÅC-l.•t.

nudie-mcg.

3 1-00K

             14-                                   spenK willa vex Load or

soft voice..

                g                                         wifta01A{

140+00tnfi04t is WIoB4•t our VOIC„eoes up or dow4t Mid i Keeps peopLe

                                                                         our            be+ore

004 eti4i.

7 What do you think of the advice in 6? Why?

LIFE TASK

You want to speak in public.

Follow this plan:

1      Choose one of these statements. Decide if you agree or disagree with the statement and make notes with your ideas.

a      It is essential to learn English in today's world.

b      Films and TV series are always best in the original version.

c       It's bad for our language when people start using English words.

Inese ts t e anguage o t e uture.

e The whole world should speak just one language.

2      Prepare a one- to two-minute talk with your notes in 1. Decide the best order for your different points and ideas.

3      Give your talk to the class or a group of students. Remember to follow the advice in 6.

4      When you all finish, give each other feedback. Which advice in 6 did you follow? What can you do better next time?

1       SPEAKING Work with a partner. Look at the five different languages below. What, if anything, do you know about each one? Do you think they are easy or difficult to learn? Why?

a Spanish

c French

e Klingon

b Esperanto

d Japanese

 

d     imageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageplaces?

e    

image

times?

1b Look at sentences 4 and 6 in la and choose the correct alternative.

We can/cannot omit who, which or that when a noun or pronoun comes


GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 42

      Speaker 1                                              Speaker 3

 

 

 

 

2

Look at the relative

 

      Speaker 2                                              Speaker 4

 

pronouns in these sentences. In which

 

3 0 19 Listen again and match the speakers and the correct

 

sentences can you

 

information. There are two pieces of information for each

 

omit the relative

 

speaker.

 

pronoun?

 

A

was not very successful with the first foreign language they learned.

 

1

The Big Bang Theory was the series which

 

B

is learning a language because they like the idea behind the

 

 

made him famous.

 

 

language.

 

2

That's the language

 

C

wants to learn a language to understand more about the

 

 

that I want to learn.

 

 

people who speak it.

 

3

English is a language

 

D

is learning a language because it helps them professionally.

 

 

which millions of

 

E

started learning a language because of one special person.

 

 

people speak.

Jim Parsons from

F

tells people they meet interesting facts about the language ey are earnng

 

4

A linguist is a person

The Big Bang Theory

G

was interested in a language from a TV programme before they started learning a real language.

 

 

speaks a lot of languages.

 

H

knows three or more languages.

 

5

6

He is the teacher who taught me French. She's the person that helped me to speak

      Speaker 1 image                          Speaker 3 image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image

 

 

Italian.

      Speaker 2 image                           Speaker 4 image image image image imageimage image image image image image image     imageimage

 

7

The first person who I met at the hotel was Spanish.

4 SPEAKING) What about you?

 

8

She never forgot the people who helped

Choose one of the languages to learn. Give reasons.

 

 

her to learn English.

2       ILISTENlNGj 019 Listen to four speakers. Match each speaker immediately after. to the language in 1 that they are learning now. There is one language you don't need.


4a SPEAKING Choose six words from the Vocabulary


using who, that, which, where, when, whose.

4b Read your definitions to your partner. Can they identify the words?

A mugger.

It's a person who attacks you to take money or objects from you.

It's the stage of life when you're a child. image

5 Complete these sentences with true information about you.

image1 imageis a place where I'm usually happy. 2, is an object which is really important to me.

3     image was a year when something special

happened to me.

4     image is a person who is special to me.

(2)  image language which doesn't really exist!

image

image

imageEmilia Clarke is a British actress

(3)  image speaks not one but two fictional

languages in the TV series Game of Thrones. One of the languages is called Valyrian (4)imagethe

other is Dothraki. David Peterson is the person who invented all the languages in the series. Peterson went to the University of California, San Diego. That was

(5) image he studied a master's in linguistics. For Game of Thrones, he created a (6) imageof

words for each language. His wife Erin helped him to create at least one word. She was the person

(7)name he used to create the adjective

image

for kind or good in Dothraki. It must be really hard for

Emilia (8) imageshe needs to film in Dothraki imageBut there are a (9) imagewords that she doesn't

need to learn in Dothraki. One of them is 'Thank you'image

The Dothraki people are quite aggressive and never


imageuse it! 5 is a place where I want to go one day.

Home is a place where I'm usually happy.

 

2

image

image

B

a

C

the

D

some

7 image is a film that I love.

3

image

image

B

which

C

who

D

whose

6 SPEAKING Work with a partner. Compare your

 

 

image

B

but

C

because

D

that

sentences in 5 and discuss your answers.

5

A

that

B

what

image

C

image

D

image

which few

6                                              is a language that I want to learn.


                                                                                                                                                              B lots               many

Me too. But I wrote 'the swimming pool'. I go swimming every weekend. I love it.

7                                              A that B which C who      D whose

8                                              A that B what    C when   D which

image                                                                                                                                      9few                B little          C lot                    D many

Develonina eneakinel


image

I SPEAKING Work with a partner. Look at this advert for a school that organises summer courses for students of English. Answer these questions.

1       Do you think this is a good place to learn English in the summer? Why/Why not?

2       You want to do a summer course to practise English. What factors are important in deciding where to study? Make a list.

2      LISTENINGI 20 Listen to a student asking for information about the Cardiff English Centre and write the information. Does the student ask about any of the factors you thought of in 1? Which ones?

Course beti4ts:

Course lasts: Price:

Other ncfivi+ies:

3      Look at the useful expressions in the Speaking bank. Read the dialogue in 4 and tick (V) the expressions which appear in it.

SPEAKING BANK

Useful expressions for checking understanding

Sorry, did you say ... ?

Could you repeat that? Pardon?

I'm not sure I understood.

Receptionist.image

         Student:         How much is the course?

imageReceptionist: The price of a (g)course is (h)image

image image

         Student:          Could you repeat that?

Receptionist: Yes, I said the price is (i)

image

         Student:         Does the price include other activities?

Receptionist: Yes, it does.

          Student:             What other activities are there?

Receptionist: There a re (j) imageand sports activities, including (l)image

Student: Oh, that sounds interesting. Can you send me a registration form?

Receptionist: Yes, of course. Can you give me your name and address? Student: Yes 1 it'S .image

5 (SPEAKING} Practise the dialogue in 4 with your partner.

PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT

6a SPEAKING; Work with a partner. Do this role-play using the questions in 4 and the Speaking bank to help you.

You want to find out the following information about summer courses at a language school:

     the starting date for the course         • the price

     the length of the course       • other activities

     if accommodation is organised or not             on the course

Student A: You are the receptionist at the Sydney English Centre. Look at page 147.

Student B: You want information about the Sydney English Centre. 6b Now change roles.

Student B: You are the receptionist at the San Francisco English Centre. Look at page 147.

Student A: You want information about the San Francisco English Centre.

EXAM SUCCESS

What do you need to do to get a good mark in a speaking exam?

image

                                                                                                                           Receptionist: Good morning. This is the (a)image image image image image image image image image image imageimage image image image image image image image image

English Centre. How can I help you? Student: Good morning. I'd like some information about your summer courses.

Receptionist: Yes, of course. We have a course for students aged between 14 and 17. It begins on

image

                                                                                                                           Student:           Sorry, did you say (c)image image image image image imageimage image imageimage image  image imageimage   image                                imageimage               image                                                                                                                                                                           image                    imageimage image imageimage  image 

Receptionist: Yes, that's right. The course lasts (d) image  image               image              image                image         image                image                image                image         image                image                image                image         image                image                image                image         image                image                image

                                                                                                                           Student:         Do you organise accommodation?

EXAM SUCCESS page 144

can each one help you to learn English?

2 A language biography is a text where you describe your experiences of learning a different language. Read this language biography written by a student of English. What similarities are there between her experiences and yours? We both started learniM3 English image

My name is Celia Rojas and I'm years old. I'm Mexican and my mother-tongue is Spanish. Apart from Spanish, I can speak English. I started learning English when I was at primary school. I was five years old. Primary school Was where we listened to, and sang, a lot of songs in English. We also played games and read some stories. We didn't study a lot ofgrammar in prinaary school but we learned a lot vocabulary and we practised speaking. At the moment I'm studying English at secondary school. We study a lot ofgrammar and vocabulary, and We do a little speaking. We study vocabulary using an interactive wordlist. From time to time we do vocabulary tests. We don't do many translations in lessons,

image
Outside school I don't really speak much English, For homework, we Often read special English readers which our teacher gives us. When We finish them, We usually write summaries. I listen to a lot English because I love English and American pop music and I also watch films iVb English, like The Hunger Games. Ihat's my favonrite. When I Was thirteen I Went to Canterbury to do a summer course. When I was there I met some great people, I'd like to yo somewhere else in the [1K, to London for example. I like learning English by doing activities and game-J in pairs. I make a few mistakes when I speak English, but I write the correcti0YLf down and revise them from time to time.

paragraphs. Read it again and divide it into five paragraphs. Use the plan below to help you. When you finish, read the information in the Writing bank.

Paragraph 1: Basic personal information Paragraph 2: Language-learning experiences at primary school

Paragraph 3: Language-learning experiences at secondary school

Paragraph 4: Language-learning experiences outside school, including trips Paragraph 5: How you prefer to learn a language

4      Make notes for the paragraphs in 3 with information about yourself and your experiences of learning English.

WRITING BANK

Paragraphs

and information together and express them more clearly. When you write a text in English, brainstorm your ideas and then group those ideas into logical paragraphs. WRITING BANK               PAGE

5      PRACTICE MAKES PERFECTWrite your own language biography using your notes in 4. Organise your information into five clear paragraphs.


image
Countable and uncountable nouns

Book, mistake, shop, euro are countable nouns. There is a singular and plural form                     We can often make uncountable

Milk, money and               are uncountable nouns. There is no plural form.                                   nouns countable by adding

Many nouns can be both countable and uncountable. It depends on the context.                      a piece of.

Cofee is bad fir               (uncountable = in general)

 

advice, furniture, information

Briny me two coffees. (countable = two cups of coffee)

 

(uncountable)

I haven't 30t much time. (uncountable = in general)

 

a piece of advice, a piece of furniture, a piece of information

I Went there three times. (countable = on three occasions)

some, any, much, many, a lot (of), a few, a little

 

(countable)

We use some with uncountable nouns and with plural,

 

We use a lot of in affirmative and negative sentences

countable nouns, in affirmative sentences.

 

and in questions, with countable and uncountable

I'veyot came books. We've got come free time.

 

nouns.

We use any with uncountable nouns and with plural

 

I've got/I haven't yÖt a lot Of time/books.

countable nouns, in negative sentences and questions.

 

Have you 30t lot af time/ books?

I havew'tyot any money.

 

We use of when a lot comes before a noun. But when

He hasn't got any friends,

 

there is no noun after a lot we do not use of.

Have you got any fee time?

 

Have you got any water? yes, I'veyot lat.

Are there any books?

 

Are there any dictionaries? yes, there are lot.

We use much, many, a lot (of) to talk about big

 

A lot of and lots of are the same.

quantities.

 

I've got a lat of time. = I've got lots Of time.

We often use much in negative sentences and

We use a few and a little to talk about small

questions, with uncountable nouns.

 

quantities.

      I haveo't got          time.

 

We use a few with plural, countable nouns.

       Have yonyot             water?

 

There are only A few problems.

We often use many in negative sentences and

We use a little with uncountable nouns.

questions, with plural, countable nouns.

I haven't 30t many books.

Have you 30t many books?

Relative pronouns

 

We've only got lieu time.

USE

 

We use who and that for people, which and that for

• We use relative pronouns to give information about

 

things, whose for possessions, where for places, and

the person, thing, place or time in the first half of the

 

when for times.

We can omit who, which, or that when a noun or

JR-R Tolkien is the person Wkö/B14t Wrote 77ae Hobbit.

 

pronoun comes immediately after.

That's the book wkick/tkat he translated.

 

That's the film that I saw. = That's the film I saw.

-That's the actor wkøcefilm I saw yesterday.

 

BUT

-nut's the film that Was popular.

Vocabulary image

1 Countries, nationalities, languages Countries: Argentina • Austria • Brazil • Bulgaria • Egypt                     Japan

Mexico • Poland • Russia • Switzerland Thailand • Turkey Nationalities: Argentinian • Austrian • Brazilian

Bulgarian Egyptian • Japanese • Mexican • Polish • Russian • Swiss • Thai • Turkish

Languages: Arabic • Bulgarian • German • Japanese • Polish • Portuguese • Russian • Spanish • Thai • Turkish 2 Learning a language do an exercise • do homework • do/study English • do/take an exam • do/write an essay make a mistake • memorise • memorisation • practice (n) • practise (v) • revise • revision • student • study translate • translation

3  Negative prefixes il-, in-, im-, ir-, un- illegal • incorrect • impossible • informal • irregular • invisible unhappy • unusual

4  Other words and phrases page 138


some, any, much, many, a lot (of), a few, a little

1 Complete the sentences with some, any, much, many, a lot (of), a few, a little.

1      I haven't got many magazines, only

2      We haven't got information about this country — nothing at all.

3      There was only           milk in the fridge.

Relative pronouns

4      I haven't got

5      Were               re

6      We haven't got leaves, only five minutes.

7      He gave me

8      There are only

/ 8 points

money, just five euros.

people at the concert?

time before the train

good advice.

people in the library.

/ 8 points


V Join the two sentences to make one sentence. Use who, which, that, whose, where, when.

Claudia is a linguist. She teaches German. 5 This is a great book. They want to translate it into Claudia is a Linguist who teaches German.„ English.

1       David Silva is a football player. He speaks Spanish.

6 Piraha is an unusual language. Only around 400

                                    a beautiful place. You can go there at                     people speak it.

2       The park is the weekend.

image

image7 George R.R. Martin is an American author. He writes fantasy novels.

3       Last year was a special year. A lot of important things happened that year.

8 We go to the cinema on Wednesdays. There's a

                          the teacher. Her classes are brilliant.                                special price on Wednesdays.

4       That's

Vocabulary revision image

LEARNING A LANGUAGE                                                                   image COUNTRIES, NATIONALITIES AND LANGUAGES

1 Complete the sentences with the words in           2 Complete the sentences with the correct country, the box. Use one word twice.

1

2

3

1      Yesterday we read an Englishimage4 of a Russian poem.

5

2      Before the exam, he did someimage6

3      imageYou need toto speak English

7 well.

IM-, IR., IL-

6      criminal = il

7      strange = unimage

8      you can't see itimage

image

          8 At our school we                            German.                         4 relaxed and friendly = inimage

image

5 not follow the usual rulesimage

image

image                              image           Total:image/ 40 points               image


watchT

Vocabulary

Parts of the body

la Work with a partner. Look at the picture and point to the parts of the body.

arm ear      face finger ' foot hand         head leg mouth neck nose stomach toe

1

2

8

9

10

11

5

12

6

13

7

14

15

Match these words with numbers 1—16.

ankle e back cheek • chest chin elbow forehead heel • hip * knee shoulder thigh thumb • throat e wrist neck

2          21 Listen, check and repeat.

4

Health problems and illnesses

3      Work with a partner. Complete each phrase with three parts of the body.

1       I've got a broken

2       Have you got ache ?

3       My             hurts .

4       He injure his

4      Complete the texts with the correct form of the words in the box. Use a dictionary if necessary.

              cough                               sore v temperature o virus

     Karen isn't very well at           Pete has a very high

the moment. She's got a (d) 39.50C very bad cold, or perhaps He's got

it's (a)             in his arms and She (b)   all the legs. Perhaps it's a time and so now she has            because

throat.         a lot of people are ill at school at the moment.

5      LISTENING    22 Listen to four people. What health problem does each one have?

Speaker 1 Speaker 2 Speaker 3 Speaker 4

6      SPEAKING, Work with a partner. Discuss the questions.

1       Do you catch colds easily? What do you do to stop them?

2       Do you ever injure yourself doing sports or other activities? Which sports are the most dangerous?


            GOOD                                                                                                                                                                              January Edition

H EALT H

TEEN HEALTH TIPS

image
imageimageimageimageimage

image

ANKLES NEED RICE! Right now there are outdoor icerinks almost everywhere in the UK But many people have never been ice-skating before. That's why hospitals and health centres are preparing for an increase in ankle and wrist injuries. Here's a simple first-aid tip if your injury is not very serious. It's called the RICE method R is for rest, I for ice, C for compression and E for elevation. So, when you hurt your ankle, for example, stop moving on it and rest it. Put ice on it not more than 15 minutes and never in direct contact with your skin. Put a bandage on it and keep it tight (not too     keep your ankle up, on a cushion, for example. But remember, when it's really painful and you think the accident is serious, always see a doctor!

NO FUN IN THE SUN

Have you ever tried to get a suntan? Be vey careful. Doctors say that skin cancer is increasing because of our obsession with the sun. It is now the most common cancer for people between

15 and 34. According to a recent survey of 16- to 24-year-olds, over 70% of them want a suntan when they go on holiday. But the doctors' advice is clear. Don't go out in the sun between 11 am and 3 pm and always wear a T-shirt, hat and sunglasses. And never use sunbeds! They are incredibly dangerous, which is why now in the UK they have made it illegal for under-18s to use them.

LETTER THE HOT SOUP FOR

COLDS

Answered by Dr Lucy Smith

Dear Lucy,

I've had a bad cold for over a week. I'm taking medicine but it doesn't do anything. My mum says that chicken soup can help me. Is she mad?

Sarah Johnson

Dr Lucy Smith answers: Your mother's cure for a cold is what we call an 'old wives' remedy'. A lot of people think that it's a mad idea with no scientific basis. But a new study has discovered that many of these 'old wives' remedies' do work. And scientists have found out that chicken soup is a great cure for a cold All kinds of hot soup can help to get rid of a sore throat. And hot soup also helps to kill viruses quickly. So relax, your mum isn't mad.

EXAM SUCCESS

 

You are going to do a matching activity for this reading text. In this type of activity, you say which text or part of a text contains a specific piece of information. What do you think is a good way to do this exercise?

EXAM SUCCESS page 144

 

 

THINKING

 

Think! Then compare ideas with your class.

Why do you think some young people have an obsession with suntans?

3

2      Which article ...         4 What do the underlined words

1  tall<S about a traditional cure for an illness?imagein then the check text in your dictionary.

2  talks about a problem caused by insufficient experience?

3  mentions a problem that the law is trying to help with?            image      5 (SPEAKING What about you?

4  uses a simple word to help people remember their advice? 1 Do you think the RICE method is useful? Why/Why not?

5  gives information to help one person in particular?image2 What do you think about the 6 talks about a problem caused by people wanting to enjoy good  advice in B?

weather? 3 Do you know any other traditional remedies like in C? 7 tells you to speak to an expert when there is a real problem?Which?

8 mentions a recent discovery in the world of medicine?

4


prcscntation video.

la Look at these sentences and match them with the explanation of their uses in a—c.

1           Have you ever tried to get a suntan?

2           I've had a bad cold for a week.

3           They have made it illegal for under-18s to use sunbeds and now they can't use them. a an experience or experiences which happened at an unspecified moment in the past.

b      a past action which has a result in the present.

c      a situation that started in the past and continues to the present.

1b Complete the rule,

We make the present perfect with the present simple of have + the imageimageimage        image                image                image                image                image                image            image               imageimage              image               imageimageimageimageimage           imageimage of the main verb.

lc Complete the sentences with the present perfect form of see and visit.

     Affirmative: He image image image image image image image image image                 image image image image image image image image image           image       image               image                image                     image              image imagethe doctor.

      Negative: Heimage image image image image image image image image image image image image image image imagethe doctor.

      Question form: imagehe the doctor?

Id Look at these sentences and choose the correct alternative.

1       Have you ever/never tried to get a suntan?

2       Many people in the UK have ever/never been ice-skating.

le Choose the correct alternative.

1       Ever/never means at any time in your life.

2       Ever/never means at no time in your life.

3       Ever and never go just after/ before the past participle.

 

GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 54

imageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimage1 Have you had hot soup to stop a cold?

image2 image I've felt sick in a car.

3      She's taken antibiotics.

4      Has your dad helped anyone in an accident?

5      Sam and I have written a story about doctors.

6      Have you done first aid?

4 Write questions with ever to ask your partner.

catch a cold? Have you ever caught a cold?

1       stay in bed because of flu?

2       have a very high temperature?

3       sleep in a hospital?

4      

image

imagemake soup?

2 Complete the sentences with the present perfect form of the

6 visit a friend in hospital?

verbs given.

       1 I            have decided        (decide) to study medicine.

7 break your arm?

5       imageimagetake medicine that tastes really bad?

image

image

2      My friendimage(meet) Dr Lucy Smith.              8 watch a hospital drama on TV?

3      image(study) the history of medicine in

image


biology.

image(not have) any bad accidents. (work) in a hospital?

6      My sisterimage(become) a nurse.

image

4image

5a SPEAKING) Work with a partner. Ask and answer the questions in 4.

5b SPEAKIu When you finish, tell a

different student about your partner.

Adam has never stayed in bed because of flu, but he has broken his arm.

naualnnin«

image

imagePresent perfect with for and since medicine

image image Look at these sentences and then choose the correct alternative,

1

1                                                                             imageimageI've had a bad cold a week. 2 1've had a bad cold since last Friday. a We use for/since for moments in time.

b We use for/since for periods of time.

Definition

a a place where people wait, for example to see a doctor

b a medicine that reduces pain

c basic medical help that you give to someone when they have an accident

a building where people can go to see a doctor or nurse

e when somebody has a lot of pain in their chest and their heart stops working

f an illness you get from eating food which contains harmful bacteria

GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 54

6b Look at this question and answer. Q: How long have you known Andy? A: For ten months. Do we use Row long to ask about frequency or duration?

7      Put the time expressions in the box in the correct column.

for

since

20 minutes

 

6 0'clock • 7th February • 2014 e an hour five years Friday ten seconds the age of five • the day I met you three days • 29--tfri•fiütes

2

 

 

 

 

pain

aid

2

heart

room

3

health

 

4

waiting

 

5

food

attack

6

fi rst

poisoning

imageWe make compound nouns by joining two nouns or an adjective and a noun. Join words from column A and column B to make compound nouns. Then match them with the correct definitions. Use your dictionary if necessary,

23 Listen and check your answers.


8      Complete the sentences with information about you. Use the correct form of the present perfect and a time            3a 'PRONUNCIATION 0 24 Listen again to the pronunciation of the expression.       compound nouns in 1. Where is the stress in words 1—5? Is it on the first word or the second word? And in 6?

1

      (know) my English teacher for                    3b Practäse saying the words with the correct stresse

4 Complete the sentences with the compound nouns in 1.

since

1

When I'm ill I go to the                                                 near my

      3                                                   (have) this

 

house.

watch for

2

Please take a seat in the                                              The doctor

      4                                                   (be) able to

 

will see you in ten minutes.

swim since

      5                                                    (live) in my

3

Salmonella is a type of bacteria which causes

home for

4

To help avoid a exercise regularly and eat a healthy diet.

9a Guess your partner's answers in 8 and write them down.

5

I want to learn     so that I know what to do if there's an emergency.

9b SPEAKING Ask your partner questions to

6

A: My back really hurts.

find out if you were right.

 

                                     take a                image

2                                                                             (live) in this area

imageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageB: Why don't you

How

                              life e lei Ile-                 'MAI/-hainn

Learning soulle basics of FIRST AID


LIFE SKILLS OBJECTIVES

     To think about why first aid is important.

     To learn when and how to put somebody in the recovery position.

     To check understanding of the basics of first aid.

la Work with a partner. Look at the scene.

KEY CONCEPTS

What dangers can you find in the scene?

1b You are alone. You find somebody in the situation in la. What do you think you need to do? Make a list of ideas.

2   READING Read the text and answer these questions.

1      Why is first aid so important?

2      Were any of your ideas in 1b right?

3   Look at the steps to take in an emergency. Complete the sentences with the words in the box.

999 • airway • ambulance • breathing conscious • dangers • recovery

1      Check if there are    at

breathe [v]: We breathe through our nose and mouth because we need oxygen. (un-)conscious [adj]: Her eyes were closed and she wasn't moving so I thought she was unconscious. blood bleed [v]: I cut my finger and now it's bleeding. airway [n]: Your airway is the tube that takes air from your mouth to your body. recovery position [n]: You put somebody into the recovery position to help them breathe when they are unconscious.


the scene.

2   If the scene isn't safe, call

3   If the scene is safe, check if the person is

4   If the person is unconscious, check that they are

5   If they aren't breathing, open their 6 If they are breathing, put the person in the position.

7 Call 999 for an

4 SPEAKING, Work with a partner. Prepare and act out the following situation:

Student A: You are at the scene in 1. Call 999.

Student B: Answer your partner's 999 call. Ask the questions in the text.

WHY LEARN

The simple answer is accidents happen, and they happen quite often. Three million people a year go to hospitals because of accidents and injuries. Knowing first aid can help you to help somebody, maybe somebody close to you. Perhaps even in a life and death situation.

Imagine this. You see an accident. Part of a building collapses. One builder is lying on the ground. Another is having problems walking. Meanwhile, something hit a young woman and she is shouting that she has broken her arm. Her baby is crying in its pushchair. In this scene, who do you n e

The answer is you. Everybody at the moment depends on you. You need to stay calm. And you need to check the dangers. If there is a danger, call 999 immediately.

Look again at the picture in 1. Before you help the boy, you need to look for other dangers. If you hurt yourself, you can't help anybody.

So, assess the dangers of helping. If you think it's OK to help, what do you do next? Firstly, see if the person is conscious. Can they hear you when you ask them a question? Do they respond when you gently shake their shoulder? If they don't answer or respond, shout for help.


position. Try to put them in order.

1 Pull the knee towards you, keeping the person's d

Step 2: Step 3: hand pressed against their cheek and position the leg at a right angle.


                 Step 4:                       Step 5:

FIRST AID?

Then open their airway to check that they are breathing. If they are breathing, put the person in the recovery position. Call 999 in the UK, or 911 in the US, to ask for an ambulance.

When you call 999, be prepared for the following questions:

* Which seruice do you require? (you say 'Ambulance', they will say 'Connecting you now')

What's your name?

What number are you callirlg from?

ren't sure describe anything special around you.) What has happened?

How many people aye hurt?

Is anyone unconscious?

Has anyone stopped breathing?

Is anyone bleeding?

Are there any other dangers around?

These are only the first things you need to know. But with just these basics, perhaps you can save somebody's life.

2      Make sure that the airway remains open by gently moving the head back and lifting the chin.

3      Place the arm near you at a right angle.

4      Move the other arm, with the back of their hand against their cheek.

5      Take the knee furthest from you and pull it up until the foot is flat on the floor.

7                                IL!lStÉNlNCl 25 Watch or listen to a teenager explaining how to put somebody in the recovery position. Listen and check your answers in 5 and 6.

8                                Answer these questions with information from the video/listening.

1      Is it a good idea to put somebody who has had a bad fall in the recovery position?

2      Is it important to open a patient's airway before or after putting them in the recovery position?

LIFE TASK

You want to explain to people how to put a person in the recovery position.

Follow this plan:

1      Look again carefully at all the information about first aid on pages 48 and 49.

2      Write a quiz to check that people understand and remember the information. Write six questions and use these different question types:

     True-False questions

     Choose the correct alternative

     Questions about pictures

     Comprehension questions

     Your own ideas

3      When you finish, give your questions to other students. Can they answer correctly?


1b Choose the correct alternative.

1      SPEAKING Work with a partner and answer

1 We use yet in affirmative/negative sentences and these questions.

questions.

image
image1 What can you see in the photo(s)? 2 Yet usually goes at the end of the sentence, but already 2 Do you think actors generally do their own and just usually go after/before the past participle. action scenes?

 

 

image

54

 

3 Do you think actors often injure themselves?

2      What do you think has just happened in these photos?

image

I've already done my history homework. find out details of their experiences.

                                                                                                             a                        b

3b Change your sentences into questions to ask your partner.

Have you done your history homework yet?

3c SPEAKING Interview your partner with your questions.

Present perfect and past simple

4  Look at this part of a dialogue and then answer questions 1—4.

Interviewer: Has he ever had a really serious accident?

                 Expert:       Yes, he has.

Interviewer: What happened?

Expert:  It was in 1986. He fell several metres and hit his head on a rock.

1  Is the presenter's first question in the past simple or the present perfect?

2  Does the question ask about general experience or a specific moment in the past?

3  Is the presenter's second question in the past simple or the present perfect?

4  image
imageDoes the question ask about general experience or a specific moment in the past?

5  Complete the dialogue with the present perfect or past simple form of the verbs given.

        Alan: (a)         you ever

(break) your leg?

       Dave: Yes ,           Two years ago

image

image

(fall) off your bike last week?

imageAlan: No, I (i)Last week was riding a horse and I (j)image

(fall) off!

image

imagea,

Developing speakingimage

1 SPEAKING Work with a partner. Look at these photos. What is the connection between them?

STENING 27 Listen to a boy describing one of the photos. Which photo is he describing?

2b 27 Listen again. Which of these questions does the boy answer? Tick (I) them.

1      Where are the people?

2      What type of peopEe are they?

3      What are the people doing?

 

SPEAKING BANK

 

imageUseful expressions for filling the conversation Errr .

The thing is .

I'm not (really/totally/completely) sure but Maybe

You know .

I think .

I imagine that

4      imageWhat are they wearing?

5      What things or objects are in the picture?

6      What has just happened before the scene?

7      When is the scene taking place (morning, night, summer, winter, etc.)?

8      Have you ever been in a situation like the one in the picture? When? What happened?

9      What do you think about the picture?

3     SPEAKING, Compare answers with your partner. Do you remember what information the boy gives? Together, practise describing the same photo.

4     27 Fillers are words or sounds which give you time to think without stopping the conversation. Listen to the boy again. Look at the Speaking bank and tick the fillers

        he uses.                                                                                                                  PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT

one of the photos, from 2b and the help you.

on this page.

in a situation like the When? What happened? about the picture?

imageKS-Worlewitfropartnerc-Ta turns to describe using the questions Speaking bank to

Choose one of the photos Describe the photo. Have you ever been one in the picture? What do you think

Unit 4image

'A"i+inn image


image Read these three notes and messages. Write one sentence to explain the situation in each one.

a

Yum ,

"y friend Phillip ha-s hæd cn cc-ciden+. He fell ana hur+ his knee when we were plæying gaske%c/l c+ school. The sporfs -teacher +00k him +0

Andrew s Hospi+æl. l i ve gone +0 see him. Can you come pick me up *here If-her work? Kafe xxx

PS Can you grim} him some mæyzines, (ßæske%æll Gian+s or some-thing? Phil's re-Illy gored.

b

imageimage
I waotted +0 ask you if could borrow our Laptop          014 wereot) here. meed i to write up project    school. I)ve if +0 school buf provwise I'LL LOOK after if. You doot)+ vwi«d) do 0M? After nLL, float 'S wha+

c

bro hers are -for! I'LL brim

if

back asap.

 

 

               ums             sorrg to

121 @ I

-bhæt

 

 

told me. know

dcn t

 

 

visits It the moment) so

m send.LYL% tRLs

 

                                 som o                   s.

you

                   cæt them.                     t worrg æbcut mætns, phgsLos,

                                   etc. ve                -notes for

                                            1 BLvc tRcm to 5k                                                 sec 301k.

scm.

WRITING BANK

 

Useful expressions in notes and messages In notes and messages it is normal to begin simply with the name of the person we are writing to.

We often use abbreviations like PS or to keep messages short.

We use expressions like I was really when we are writing about bad news, or Congratulations! when you are happy for somebody.

We use the expression to say we want somebody to recover from an illness or accident quickly.

3                                        Match the abbreviations and their meanings.

as soon as possible

here is some additional information to

2 my letter or note (Latin: post scriptum) for example (Latin: exempli gratia) 3 and other things of the same type (Latin: etcetera)

4                                        asap

Please pay special attention

5                                        (Latin: Nota Bene)

that is, this is exactly what I mean

6                                        (Latin: id est)

PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT

Look at the task and write the message. Use the expressions from the Writing bank and the abbreviations from 3.

You've just gone to visit your friend at his home because he hasn't been at school for two days. He's just gone out to see the doctor. You don't have your mobile phone so leave him a message. Include this information.

find out how he is find out what he has done in the last two days tell him what you've done at school tell him some news about one or two of your friends.

WRITING BANK PAGE 150

Give your message to your partner. Write a reply to your partner's message.

EXAM SUCCESS

Look at the instructions for the writing task in 4. Can you write in any way you like? Is the style (formal or


informal) important?

EXAM SUCCESS page 144

image

4

Present perfect


FORM

Affirmative

subject + have has past participle. She has taken her medicine.

Negative

subject + havenå/fasnft + past participle

We haven't seen the doctor.

Question

have/has + subject + past participle Have you been to the hospital?

Short answers

Yes, subject + has/have. No, subject + hasn't/haven't.

Yes, I have. No, they haven't.

USE

We use the present perfect to talk about:

an experience in someone's lifetime, without saying the exact time when the event occurred. When it happened is not important. I've broken my ley twice.

recent events which have a result in the present. She's Lost her textbook. (= She hasn't got her textbook now.) actions or situations that began in the past but continue in the present.

Helen's been a doctor fir ten years. (= Helen started to work as a doctor ten years ago and she is still a doctor now.)

Ever, never, for, since, just, already, yet We can use ever in questions with the present perfect.

It means l at any time in your life'.

Have you ever appeared in a film?

Ever comes just before the past participle.

Present perfect and past simple

USE

The present perfect describes actions in the past but without saying the specific moment when they happened I've won a prize.

We can use never in negative sentences in the present perfect. It means 'at no time in your life'. I've never met a favvtous person.

Never comes just after the first verb. For and since are used when the present perfect is describing actions or situations that began in the past and continue in the present. We use for with periods of time and since with moments in time. With this use of the present perfect we use the question 'How long . How long have you had those glasses?

I've had them fir three months/$inceJanuary.

For and since go just before the time expression. We use just with the present perfect to emphasise the fact that something happened very recently. We've just had lunch. (= We finished our lunch only a few moments ago.)

Just goes after the first verb. We use already to talk about something that has happened earlier than we expected.

I don't have any homework to do. I've already done it,

Already usually goes just after the first verb, or at the end of the sentence for emphasis. We use yet to ask if something we expect has happened, or to say that it hasn't. It is used in questions or negative sentences.

Have you tidied your bedroom yet? I haven't had dinner yet.

Yet usually goes at the end of a sentence or clause.

Vocabulary

1     Parts of the body ankle • arm • back • cheek • chest • chin • ear • elbow • face • finger • foot • forehead

• heck • nn«e

toe • wrist

2     Health problems and illnesses ache • broken • cold • cough • earache • flu • headache • hurt • sore • stomach ache • temperature • virus

3     Compound nouns connected with health and medicine first aid • food poisoning • health centre heart attack • painkiller • waiting room

4     Other words and phrases page 138

onli

If we say the specific moment in the past when something happened we must use the past simple. I wow a prize last year.

Present perfect (ever, never, for, since)      / 7 points

1 Choose the correct alternative.

1      Matt and I have took/taken a lot of photos.

2      Has/Have you and Jack started the project?

3      They've been friends for/since they were kids.

4      Have you eaten ever/ever eaten Indian food?

5      My friend and I have ever/never been to Scotland.

6      We haven't had an English test for/since ages. 7 How long/much time have you known Sam?

/ 6 points

3 Are these sentences correct? Correct them if necessary.

1       Danny has been to Bulgaria last year.

2       Have you seen the Eiffel Tower when you were in

Paris?

3       Did your sister ever ride a horse?

4       I've seen this film twice.

5       My brother's 18. He went to the US three times.

6       Did you speak to the teacher yesterday?

Present perfect (already, yet, just)

2 Lily has to do jobs around the house. Look at her list of jobs and write sentences in the present perfect with already, yet, and just for the things she has and hasn't done. Remember! We use just for things done a short time ago.

Jobs

    wash the dLshes V— two rnwutes ago !

    buy the bread tal<e the rubbish out X

    ring Mum at worl< X

    mal<e the beds — a minute ago!

    rnal<e something for dinner

image
1

2

3

4

5

6


Vocabulary revision image

/ 7 points

 

/ 8 points

PARTS OF THE BODYHEALTH PROBLEMS AND ILLNESSES

1 Name the parts of the body. image 2 Look at the pictures and identify the health problems.

imageimageimage1

2

1                              2                       3

3

4

             5 image             6 image            7image

5      My neighbour is a doctor at the imagecentre down the road.

6      Quickly! Get a doctor. I think this man is having a heartimage

   image   Total:         / 40 points     image


these questions.                                                               each question in 1      articles.

1      What do you think is good advice for somebody 1 2 3 with a stomach virus?      image

 

TIP FOR READING EXAMS

 

In matching activities, remember

Read all the text once quickly to get a general understanding. Then read the information that you need to find. Look for the section of the text where you think this information appears and look at it again in more detail.

EXAM SUCCESS page 144

2      How do you think speaking different languages can be good for your health?

3      Do you sometimes feel sick when you travel by car, plane or ship?

A Health matters: This week's news

SEASICK ON DRY LAND

Have you ever been on a       unusual thing about her boat or a ship? If you have,                       illness is that she only you probably know about     feels OK when she is seasickness, that terrible       moving in a car, boat or   c feeling caused by going up                 aeroplane. It's difficult for                      BEING BILINGUAL IS GOOD FOR YOUR BRAIN

and down non-stop on the             Mrs Houghton to work              A recent study says sea. But imagine feeling because when she sits at   that speaking two seasick when you're not at her computer she feels               languages can help sea. Mrs Jane Houghton terrible. Mrs Houghton   01 has been seasick since           has created a website with          mentally active. 2001. She was at sea for     information about her image               Dr Ellen Bialystok three days. When she got        illness. She wants people           and her team off the boat, she started           to know about it. Perhaps   of scientists at to feel seasick and she          one day doctors will be              York University has never recovered. One   able to help here       in Canada did

experiments with

image                                                                                      104 people between imagethe ages of 30 and 88. They came to imagethe conclusion that

image

imageimage                                      B STAY AT HOME that patients take                                                                                                                                                                                                       being bilingual can

image

A large number of people paracetamol, drink help to think old quickly.people have a stomach virus                   lots of water and, called norovirus at the                    most importantly, that             CalifL            Half of the people who did the tests came from moment. This virus can          they wash their hands       Comm.           Canada and only spoke English. fie other half cause stomach ache,                       regularly The Health         est-rap•lions of                   came from India and could speak English and imagehigh temperatures and              Protection Agency has             cials.startec  a language called Tamil. The scientists tested pains in your arms and               said that this year there    The                 vocabulaty skills and maths ability They also legs. Doctors have told                 are twice as many people clan maltyinto                    checked how fast they did the tests. The ones patients to stay at home with the virus as last             lo's offi•        who could speak two languages did the exercises for two days after the          year There are between     Delp               quickly and well. The people who spoke only one illness has gone. They          600,000 and one million ers ing arD    language weren't so good. The British Alzheimer*s are also recommending   cases of norovirus in the theas "1             Society was very interested in the discoveries. UK each yean      dress

3      Which article ...

1                                               illness which is very bad     6

f me icine?

2

talks about the usual number of people

3      recommends taking a type of drug?

4      mentions one person with problems at work? imageimage

5      talks about quick answers to questions?         image

who suffer a specific illness?

8     talks about an unusual illness?

9     mentions personal hygiene?

4      SPEAKING, What about you?

How serious do you think the different illnesses mentioned in the text are? Why?

3-4

TIP FOR USE OF ENGLISH

 

TIP FOR WRITING EXAMS

 

 

In multiple-choice cloze activities, remember Read the complete text first without thinking about the gaps. This helps you to get a general understanding of the text.

EXAM SUCCESS page 144

 

In writing exams, remember

Include all the information in the instructions or you wilWose marks. And don't forget to write in the correct style (formal or informal).

> EXAM SUCCESS page 144

5      Read about acupuncture. Choose the best answer          7 You are staying with an English teenager

        (A, B, C or D) to complete the text.                                  called Joe. You haven't got a mobile phone.

This afternoon you are at home alone but you In China they've used acupuncture for thousands need to go out to the chemist's to buy some and thousands of years. But now a school in England medicine and then take it to a friend. Leave Joe


1                                               just started to use it with their students. Stanchester Community School is the school (2)         they have begun this project. At this school they have a teacher who has spent time living in China studying acupuncture with Chinese experts.

This teacher has (3) acupuncture to a small group of students at the school (4) September. A very common problem that the students have is stress, usually stress caused by exams or homeworl<. People (5) suffer from stress often have headaches, bacl<ache or stomach ache. The students all say that the treatment has (6) helped them a lot. In fact, many of the students say that they've started to sleep really well. Luckily they haven't started sleeping in class (7) .1

1                                            A has               B is         C have   D was

2                                            A that               B who     C where  D which

3                                            A give              B gave   C gives  D given

4                                            A since              B for       C at         D on

5                                            B who               C when   D what

6                                            yet     B for       C at         D already

7                                            yet    ever       D in

Speaking

TIP FOR SPEAKING EXAMS

In speaking exams, remember .

It's important to know what the examiners want to hear. Find out how many marks there are and what ou need to do to eta ood mark.

EXAM SUCCESS page 144

6 SPEAKING Work with a partner. Student A: Look at photo A on page 147. Student B: Look at photo B on page 148. Take it in turns to talk about your

a message. Include this information.

     Explain where you have gone and why.

     Say who is ill.

     Give the address of the person who is ill and their telephone number.

     Ask Joe to ring you there when he gets home.

'CAN DO' PROGRESS CHECK UNITS 3-4               CEF

1      How well can you do these things in English now? Give yourself a mark from 1 to 4.

1   = I can do it very well.

2   = I can do it quite well.

3   = I have some problems. I can't do it.

a       I can talk about different quantities.

b       I can understand written and spoken texts about different languages.

c       I can make negative adjectives by using prefixes.

d       I can ask for information about language courses and check that I have understood.

e       I can write a text about my experiences of learning a language.

f        I can report general and recent experiences in the past using the present perfect.

g       I can talk about activities which continue up to now using the present perfect with for and since.

h       I can discuss health problems and illnesses.

I can describe scenes in photos and pictures using fillers.

       j    I can write basic notes and messages                                   4


2      Now decide what you need to do to improve.


photos using the questions below. 1 Lool< again at my bool</notes. 1 Where are the people and what are they doing? 2 Do more practice exercises. 2 Who are the people and what are they wearing? WORKBOOK Units 3 and 4 3 What else can you see? 3 Ask for help. 4 How do you prefer to learn a language? 4 Other:

3-4


3a PRONUNCIATION Where does the stress come in each noun or compound noun in 1? a'dvert cartoon

3b 28 Listen, check and repeat.

4 SPEAKING Look at the words in bold in these questions. Check that you understand theme Then use the questions to interview your partner.

1      Do you ever watch any live programmes? What type?

2      What is your favourite series?

3      What channel is it on?

4      Who is your favourite TV presenter?

5      Who usually turns the TV on in your house?

6      What time do you usually switch the TV off?

6

7

image
Match some of the words in 5 with these sentences. 1 when something gives a lot of information info imagermativeimage

2      when something makes you feel frightened

image

3      when something is very bad image4 when many people like somethingimage

5      when something makes you laughimage

6      when something makes you feel very emotionalimage

image

imageLISTENING      29 Listen and decide what type of TV programmes these five people are talking about,

14

image

2image5image


7 Who is in charge of the remote control in your                3

image


house?

Adjectives describing TV programmes

5 Look at these adjectives. Do they have a positive meaning (+) or a negative meaning (—)?

awful • boring • cool • exciting ' funny informative interesting • moving popular ' scary

8a Think of things or people for each adjective in 5 and make a note of them.

exciting — superheroJfbw, livefootball

8b SPEAKING image Work with a partner and compare ideas.

 

think superhero films are really exciting.

 

I don't. I think they're boring!

I

image

Comedy         u u.re— Drama      Entertainment     Soort      LITestvie

Culture                Television & radio Blog             TV listings        News        Reviews                     Message board

SLOOOOOOOOOW TV

It's Friday night. What would you like to watch on TV? How about a reality show to find the best singer in the country? Or the funniest comedy programme on TV? Or how about watching a complete seven-and-a-half hour train journey from Oslo to Bergen in Norway?

One Friday night in 2009, against all predictions, a million people in Norway (20% of the population) decided to watch the programme about the longest         in the country! This programme was the start of a new phenomenon called 'Slow TV'.             08            12 'It was the 100th anniversary of this route and we'd planned a couple   Hours.      Hours of documentaries,' says Rune Møklebust, head of programming

at the Norwegian public TV channel (NRK). 'Then someone said                           O Watch Now                                  O Watch Now

'why not film the whole trip?'. We thought it would be something completely new ... and _cbgap'. The programme went out at the               So why is Slow TV so popular? Life is faster and more str_essfyl same time as The X Factor and a popular comedy programme. It               than in the past. For many people, Slow TV is more relaxing than was the most popular programme that night. Many people said               modern programmes where the pictures and sounds change they only planned to watch for a few minutes, but they    _up               rapidly. Also, more and more people live in big cities. Maybe Slow watching for hours and hours.     TV helps them to feel in contact with nature again. After all, this is

Some Slow TV programmes are longer and slower than that first       real 'reality TV', with no eßiting, not like the programmes they call programme. There has been a nine-hour programme which showed 'reality shows'.

the process of getting the _WQQJ from a sheep and turning it into a Slow TV is getting bigger and bigger. And it isn't only Norwegians imagejumper. There has also been a 12-hour programme showing a wood who are interested in it. A US company has started to show the imagefire And an 18-hour programme showing somebody fishing programmes on over 100 channels. 1 .1 million Americans watched image(it took four hours to catch the first fish!). The longest programme the famous seven-and-a-half-hour train programme. But some

so far was 134 hours, showing the coast of Norway from a ship.

Møklebust used 1 1 cameras and filmed for five and a half days.

Americans say that Slow TV was really an American invention. One of the most famous American artists, Andy Warhol, made a film in

imageMany people went to the coast to appear in the programme. 3.2 1963. It was called Sleep. In the film, a poet called John Giorno million people watched it. That's more than half the country! sleeps for six hours!

 

la Work with a partner. What can you see in the TV

4

Slow TV is 'real' because .image             image

screens? Each one is of a TV programme. Which

 

a they only use one or two cameras.

programme would you prefer to watch? Why?

 

b     what they film is what you see.

c      they only film nature and animals, not people.

1b You are going to read a magazine article about

5

On American TV image   image image

Slow TV. Before you read, what do you

 

a there are channels that are starting to show

think Slow TV might be?

 

Norwegian programmes.

b they are saying that an American artist invented

2 Read the text and check your prediction in 1b.

 

Slow TV.

c there are channels which now only show Slow TV

image

3     Choose the best answers.

1      imageimageWhen a lot of people watched the train programme in 2009, it was .

a      because there was nothing good on the other channels.

b     a surprise.

c      because Norwegians are interested in their

4     Answer these questions.

1      Why did Rune Møklebust and his team decide to make their first long programme?

2      image
What reasons can explain the popularity of Slow TV? 3 What are the similarities between the film Sleep and Slow TV?


c plan to make a long programme of the train

               journey.                                                          6 What do the underlined words in the text mean?

image

3 In Norway .imageGuess and then check in your dictionary. a there are approximately 5 million people.

b      people generally live on the coast.      7imageSPEAKING' What about you?

c      they are only really interested in nature   Would you like to watch any of the Slow TV shows programmes.          mentioned in the text? Why/Why not?

image                                                                              image      59

in presentation video.

Com letethesesentences with •the

        -Comparatives-andsuperlativ                                                  comparative form of the adjectives given

la Look at the comparative and superlative form of            and than. these adjectives.     are 1 Cookery programmes

           Adjective              Comparative          Superlative                                                                                          documentaries.

longer the longest (interesting) bigger the biggest 2 Adverts can sometimes be

                                            funnier                      the funniest                                                                                             the programmes.

4      popular               more popular     the most popular             (good)

5      good    better    the best                3 Reality shows are

Now match the adjectives with the correct rule.        chat shows. (bad) a adjectives with two syllables or more,    4 Watching films at the cinema is

              use more/most + the adjective                                       4                                                                            watching them on

TV. (exciting) b one-syllable adjectives which end in one vowel

5 Ben Stiller is + one consonant, double the last consonant

               and add er                                                                                                            Smith. (funny)

c       two-syllable adjectives ending in y, omit y and 3b Work with a partner. Which of the add ier sentences in 3a do you agree with?

d      one-syllable adjectives, add er

4 Check that you understand the words e irregular adjectives have no set rule    in the box. They are words which we frequently use with comparative

imageimage1b Use the rules in la to write the comparative and adjectives to modify them. Then choose superlative form of these adjectives. the correct alternative.

a bit • a lot • far • much • slightly

3      boring   1 Watching TV is far/a bit more popular as a hobby than writing poetry.

4      short      2 Jack Black (1m 68cm) is much/sli htl taller than Daniel Radcliffe (1 m 65cm).

3 For most people, watching football on TV is lc Complete the sentences with the correct words.      a lot/a bit more exciting than watching yoga.

1 The new series is more popular the old one. 4 The programme lasted 60 minutes. It was far/a bit longer than normal, because it 2 It's the most popular series the US at the usually lasts 55 minutes.

moment.

GRAMMAR REFERENCE

PAGE 68

 

 

5 SPEAKING: Complete the sentences with a image     logical opinion. Then work with a partner

 

and compare your sentences.

2a {PRONUNCIATION 30 Look at these sentences and listen. Then answer questions 1—3.

1       Slow IV programmes are a lot longer

than nørmaL IV programmer a Films are longer than game shows  image

b      Books are more Interesting than films.       2a lot younger than

image

d

Soaps are more popular than reading.

3

image

slightly more

1

Which colour represents the stress in the sentences:

 

popular than image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image                           image image image image

image

 

red or blue?

4

 

far funnier than

c       imageThis programme was better than that one.

image

image2 Which types of word receive the stress: nouns, main or auxiliary verbs, adjectives or articles?

image5much more 3 What sound does the other colour represent?

informative than

image

2b 0 30 Listen again and repeat the sentences.                                                6a bit scarier than

image

image

5image

image Develooina vocabularv

the world. He started singing in a boy band and 1 Choose the correct alternative in the he looked very different. Look at him in these two examples and the rule. photos. Make notes comparing his appearance. Use the words in the box for ideas. 1 When a film is exciting/excited, we feel image      exciting/excited.

attractive • bad • dark • funny • good • curly old • serious short • strong • young

long

2 When a documentary is interesting/interested, you feel interesting/interested.

To describe how somebody feels, we use the

-ing/-ed ending.

6b SPEAKING} Work with a partner. Take it in turns to compare the two photos.

boring • confusing • disappointing embarrassed • exciting ' frightened interesting • moving • relaxed surprised • tired

2      imageWrite the -ing or -ed forms of the words in the box. Check that you understand the words.

3      Complete the sentences with the -ing or -ed form of the words given.

image(surprise) to hear that they've stopped the series.

2      It was so image (embarrass) when the presenter forgot what to say.

3      That new game show is reallyimage

image
imageimage            He's older in photo b                                                                                       (confuse). I don't know what they have to do.

4      That film made me feel really emotional. I was

Yes, and his hair is much darker.

 

5

The directors of the new show were very

éc •SPEAKINB Talk about you. Have you changed since you

 

            image image  image image image image image image image image imageimage                                                            image            image image (disappoint) because not many

were seven?

 

image

people watched it.

7 Complete the questions with the superlative form of

6

Some people thinl< that classical music is

the adjectives given.

 

(bore)

imageimage(move)image

1 What is the mast interesting (interesting) way to

       7 I thinl< classical music is really image image image        image                               image

spend free time in your opinion?

(relax).

2 What is image (difficult) day of the

image

4a Look at these things. Then make notes with

week for you?imageimageimage           

your opinions of them.

(funny) person in

          you know?                                                                         exams — tiring, makz me feel frightened

5      What isimage (good) part of your day?

4b SPEAKING', Compare your ideas with a partner.

think exams really tiring.

Yes, and they sometimes make me a bit frightened.

8a SPUKING Interview different people in the class using the questions in 7.        I

are

8b SPEÅKIN$ Tell the class some interesting answers that people gave you.

Lucy thinks Sunday is the most difficult day of the week!

image

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 image5                   61


_YK Gateway to life skills: Personal well-beina

Thinking

LIFE SKILLS OBJECTIVES

To think about the consequences of wanting to be famous.

To consider different opinions and attitudes to fame.

To give advice to somebody who wants to become famous.

about

KEY CONCEPTS

celebrity [n]: (1) A lot of celebrities stay at this hotel. (2) Some famous actors don't really enjoy their celebrity and don't want to be recognised. qualifications [n]: He didn't do any exams and left school with no qualifications. miss/cut class [phrase]: Did he miss class because he was ill or did he just cut class because he didn't want to come? bright [adj]: She's a very bright student. She understands new

1

SPEAKING Work with a partner and discuss these questions.

3 Read the text again and answer these questions.

 

 

1

What does Murat Ucar want to be famous for?

 

1 Do you have an ambition in life? If so, what is it?

2

In the documentary, where does Murat go instead of going to school?

 

2 Would you like to be famous one day? Why/Why not?

3

How easy is it to become famous thanks to a reality show?

 

3 If you would like to be famous, what

4

What two reasons do most 16 to 1 9-year-olds give for to be famous?

 

would you like to be famous for?

 

wanting

 

 

5

What is the problem with some of the celebrities that young

2

READING Read the text quickly and write

 

people admire?

 

one or two sentences to summarise

6

What do we know about Michelle Obama when she was at

 

what you think the message of the

 

school?

concepts very quickly.


text is.

/just want to BE

urat Ucar is a bright 16-year-oldfrom

Tottenham, London, but he isn't doing very well at school. His teachers are worried because he doesn't go to many classes. Murat isn't worried because he believes that one day he will be famous. He doesn't mind if he becomes a famous model, actor or singer. The important thing is to be famous.

-

Murat appears in a documentary about young people today. In the documentary, we see Murat miss school for two weeks. Instead of going to school, he goes to Turkey to have an operation on his nose. After the operation, he tries to appear on The X Factor, to join a modelling agency and then a theatre company.

He isn't the only student like this in the UK. A survey says that more than one in ten young le-would4eave school to try to be famous. Sixteen percent of teenagers think that they can become famous one day by appearing in a reality show. In fact, the chances of becoming famous through a reality show are 30 million to one, worse than the chances of winning the lottery. Most of the 16- to 19-year-olds in the survey said that they want to be famous to have money and feel successful. Nineteen percent of the 777 young people who answered said fame was a way to 'let everyone know who

they were'. Seven percent said it would 'make them appear more attractive'. But experts say that the important thing is to do something because you enjoy it, not because you want to become a celebrity.

Young people need inspiration. Some teachers are worried because today's students admire celebrities with money but no qualifications. Some students now believe that they don't need to study because they can make lots of money by becoming famous.

Luckily, some famous people are trying to correct this idea. Michelle Obama visited a secondary school in London on one visit to the UK. She told the students about her own school days. 'l never cut class. I liked being smart. I loved being on time. I thought being smart was cooler than anything in the world.' Studying hard can lead to future success. Dreaming of fame is just that — dreams.

FAMOUS!


                                 eoööö'              ööö>

from the text on page 62. Complete them with teenagers talking about fame. Is fame the correct word(s). important for them? What do they want to do in life?

16% of teenagers think that they can become

famous one day by appearing in a

Molly: Yes/No

Wants to be:

2 7% said fame would 'make them appear more

Kieran: Yes/No

Wants to be:

 

George: Yes/No

Wants to be:

to do

Amelia: Yes/No

Wants to be:

3 Experts say that the important thing is

 

     something because you                      doing it, not

6a          31 Watch or listen again. What do you think of

 

 

because you want to become a

each person's attitude to fame? Do you think it

 

 

4 Young people admire celebrities who have

is a sensible attitude or not? Why?

 

 

but no

6b Work in a small group and compare your ideas.

 

 

5 Some students now believe that they don't need

      to                          because they can make lots of

Give reasons.

 

 

money by becoming famous.

7 Read about Eddie. What do you think about his plans for the future?

 

4b What is your opinion of the statements?

Do you agree/disagree/think they are

 

 

 

surprising, scary

 

I like school and I get good marks, but I

 

4c SPEAKING Discuss your opinions as a class.

 

love playing football.

 

Do you have similar opinions? Why/Why not?

 

I play four times a week and Id love to be a professional. You don 't need exams

 

 

 

and qualifications — they're not important.

All you need is skill. Footballers get loads of money and have a great lifestyle.

L.

 

Eddie

Everyone knows who you are when you are a footballer. / know I want to leave school

 

before my final exams, but I don't really know how to become a professional footballer,

LIFE TASK

You want to prepare a video message or write an email to tell Eddie what you think about his plans. Work in a group.

Follow this plan:

1      Say hello.

2      Give constructive comments about his idea to become a football player.

3      Give opinions and suggestions about his idea to leave school before doing his exams.

4      Make any other suggestions and comments that can help him.

Lietenina                                             Grammar in eontayt

imageimage                                                                                                                            less         than, (not) as


image
mericåi€TVshows?Which-ones ?-Wha do you think of them?

2              {LISTENING} 0 32 Listen to a radio programme. The people are calling to say what they think of TV in the UK and what type of programmes they usually watch. Match the speakers and their answer. There are two options you don't need.

imagea game shows d they don't watch TV b sports programmes e documentaries c drama series f comedy programmes

image1

imageimageOlivia 2

EXAM SUCCESS

 

In the next activity you need to identify the statements that a speaker makes. Do you think the speaker will say exactly the same words as in the statements you read?

EXAM SUCCESS page 145

image4

3              32 Listen again. Which speaker ...

1     thinks having lots of different channels isn't always a good thing?

2     finds that TV makes it difficult for them to communicate with others?

3     imagethinks TV today is the same as always?

image

imageimageimage                     watc es        to          appy an re ax

imageimageimageimageimage

image

5 watches TV to have fun and to learn things? 6 thinl<s some types of programmes are better in the UK than anywhere else?

7 wants people to be more active? 8 thinks Americans make more exciting programmes.

4              (SPEAKING} What about you?

In general, what do you think of TV in your country?

imageimageimageimage
2

3

la Look at these sentences.

1     British TV is as good as TV in the US. 2 British series aren't as good as American series.

3 Their programmes are less informative than ours.

1       b Are these statements true or false? 1 We use as ... as to say that two things, people or situations are similar.

2       Not as ... as and less ... than have a similar meaning.

GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 68

3       Not as ... as and less .. . than are the opposite of more ... than.

Rewrite these sentences but keep the same meaning. Use as ... as, not as ... as, less ... than. Use each expression twice.

1      American TV series are more violent than European series.

European series arew't as violent as Amen-can

image

image

IV series.

2      Soaps are interesting, but game shows are equally exciting.

image

Game shows

3      Computer games are more popular with today's teenagers imagethan TV programmes.

4      Football programmes on TV are exciting. Football programmes on the radio are equally exciting.

imageFootball programmes on the radio

5

6

SPEAKING; Work with a panner. Do you agree with the opinions in 2?

do you think about the first sentence?

What

agree. I think American series are often very violent.

TV


Unit 5image


image

4a Look at the sentences.                                                             adjective given.


image image

1 People here are too lazy to switch the TV off. 1 This film is for adults, and Aisha is only 2 The programmes aren't good enough. fifteen.

3     

image

image
image image image image

People say they haven't got enough free timeShe                isn't Old em" ugh (old) to see it.

4     

image image image image

1'm happy enough with TV today.              2 This game show

4b Match the first and second halves of the rules.                           (easy). Everybody always wins.

                                                    a to say a person, thing or situation                   3 This cartoon

image1 We use too is insufficient. (original). It's exactly the same as all the b to say a person, thing or situation others. not ... enough is sufficient.

4 Owen needs to improve. He

image3 We use enough c to say a person, thing or situation is excessive.(good) to be in the first team.

image image image image image image image

4c Look at the word order in the sentences in 4a.                                           5 It(hot) in here

1       Does too come before or after the adjective?       Can you open the window?

2       Does enough come before or after the adjective?

6      imageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageI can't understand this film. The story

GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 68

3       Does enough come before or after the noun?

imageimageimageimageimageimageimage(confusing)!

7      That horror film was awful. It

as • as • enough • not serious than • too • young

imageimage(scary). I was so 5 Complete the text with the words in the box.

bored I fell asleep!

imageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageDoctor Who is a worldfamous science-fiction drama series made by the BBC. It's a British series, but it's as popular (a) many big American series. In most episodes there are scary moments. But the writers need

image
imageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageto be careful. It can't be (b)frightening because it's a series for children. The great thing about the series is that children love it but it's exciting (c)for adults to enjoy, too. Doctor Who travels in space and in time. He travels in a blue police telephone box called the TARDIS. From the outside, it seems that

space for two or three people to be

imagethe TARDIS. But, luckily, the inside o the TARDI isn't

imageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimagesmall as the outside. In fact, it's enormous! The series is already over 50 years old! Twelve actors have played the Doctor so far. Some of the actors have been less successful

imageimageimageimageimageimageothers. But one of the most popular was Matt Smith.

imageAt first, some people thought he was too (g)to be

imageDoctor Who, because he was only 26. And some people thought he wasn't (h)enough because he was always saying funny

things. But he was such a great Doctor that, in the end, some people


image7a Look at the questions. Make notes with ideas. Use the adjectives in the box with too and enough.

clever • fast • fit • good • healthy • lazy long • old • serious • short • slow • young

1       Could you be a newsreader on national TV at the moment?

2       Could you win a gold medal running 100

3       Could you win a Nobel Prize next yew?

7b *AKINB Tell your partner your answers.

We aren't old enough to read the news.

And my hair's too long! The men who read the news always have short hair!


cried when he left the series!

Developing speaking

                                                                                                                                rogramm       m-l-an


imageSPEAKIN$ Work with a partner. Imagine these programmes are on TV tonight. Which one(s) would you like to watch? Why?

 

8.00

8.30

9.00

9.30

10.00

10.30

PICK Earthwatch

David Kent explores the wonders of the Amazon rainforest.

You're Nicked! An insight into the life of Britain's police force.

Who Wants to be Incredibly Rich? James Kay hosts the big money quiz.

 

 

space 21 12

First in a spectacular new

Sci-Fi drama series.

Catastrophes Experts predict how the world will end.

Food Nation Three chefs remain in the competition and there's another event to cook for.

 

 

News

FILM Three's a

Crowd (2009) A young woman's life is turned upside down when her motherinqavv moves into the marital home

PICK Patterson's

People

Interviews with the rich and famous.

 

Sports Roundup Highlights from this afternoon's match between Liverpool and Barcelona.

2a LISTENING 33 Listen to two friends deciding what to watch on TV tonight.

1       Tick (V) the types of TV programme you hear.

2       Put two ticks (VV) for the programme they decide to watch.

chat show

comedy

drama series

documentary

game show

cookery programme

2b What do the two girls think about different types of programme?

1        drama      3 documentaries

2        science fiction       4 cookery programmes

3        33 Listen to the dialogue again. Tick (V) the expressions that you hear.

SPEAKING BANK

Making suggestions

Shall we (do something)?

Why don't we (do something)? Let's (do something).

How about (doing something)?

Responding to suggestions

    Great!   Good idea.

    OK.          • Me too./Me neither. Fine.               Yes, but .

Yes, let's ...             I'm not sure. I l<now what you mean, but .

Shall we watch the cool<ery programme?

I'm not sure. I don't think it's very exciting. What about .

5     Look at these different ways of spending the evening. Work with a partner. Think of good and bad things about each activity.

PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT

6     SPEAKING) Work with a partner. Do this role-play using your ideas from 5 and the Speaking bank to help you.

You and your partner want to spend the evening together.


     Suggest an activity and explain why you think it is a ood idea.

     Listen to your partner's suggestion and explain why you don't want to do this activity.

     Talk about different activities until you come to a decision about what to do.


EXAM SUCCESS

In this type of activity, what can you do if you can't


No, I prefer .                                                                                          think of anything to say?

But what about .                                                                                                                               EXAM SUCCESS page 145

Units.

rttergive .


1 Read this review of a British TV programme. Do you know the programme? If so, do you like it? If not, would you like to see it? Why/Why not?

Today          Sun     Mon    Tue Review

The Voice I Saturday 7 pm

0000

My favourite programme is The Voice. It's on BBCI . It's on Saturdays at about 7 0'clock in the evening and they repeat the programme on BBC3 on Sundays,

In The Voice, four famous singers listen to members of the public sing, Each star decides if they like the person's voice and if they want the person to be part of their team. Then the teams compete to see who has the best voice.

Personally, I love this programme because love music and

I also like game shows and reality shows. In my opinion,

The Voice is really cool because the stars can't see the person who is singing. They can only listen. I think that's much fairer than on other singing shows where they choose the winners because of their appearance, not because of their voice.

I would recommend The Voice to anybody who likes pop music and reality shows. As far as I'm concerned, it's the best combination of those two types of programme that ever seen.

2a In which paragraphs does the information come?

ragrap

Paragraph 2: Paragraph 3:

Paragraph 4:

imageimagetitle, channel, time and day why the writer likes the programme a recommendation to watch/not to watch the 1 Title: The Voice 2 Channel:

image

3     Day and time it's on:

4     Description of the programme:

5     Reasons why the writer likes it:

3 Read the review again and complete the expressions in the Writing bank.

'WRITING BANK

Useful expressions in a review

                            Personally           , I love this programme

The Voice is really cool

because

that's much fairer

than .

The Voice to anybody who .

concerned, it's the

best

4a Work with a partner. Make a list of TV programmes that are popular in your country at the moment.

4b SPEÅKiKö Tell your partner your opinion of the programmes. Use the expressions in the Writing bank.

5      Make notes about your favourite TV programme. Think about the information in 2a.

PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT

6      Look at this task and write your review. Use the paragraph plan in 2a and the expressions in the Writing bank to help you.

Write a review of your favourite TV programme. Include basic information about the programme (title,

a description of the programme reasons why you like it a recommendation (who is the programme good for?).

                                                                 WRITING BANK      PAGE 150


programme image a description of the programme

image

                                                                                                                                                                                                              image       5

less than, (not) as as

USE

Less is the opposite of more.

Watching tennis is lass popular than Watching football.

(= Watching football is more popular than watching tennis.)

We use as ... as to say two things are the same.

use not as ... as to say that the second person or s more ... than the first one.

Watching tennis isn.'t as popular Watching football. (= Watching football is more popular than watching tennis.)

European films are as god as American films.

too

      FORM                                                                                         USE

The word too comes before the adjective We use too to say that something is excessive. It is not the This story is "o confusing. People can't same as very because it has a negative meaning. understand it.           He's Very clever. (— positive) yes, sometimes he's too clever. (— negative)

enough, (not) enough

FORM

  The word enough comes after adjectives and before                   We use enough to say that something is sufficient.

Comparatives and superlatives

I In6ER

 

 

FORM

 

 

 

j USE

 

Adjective

Comparative

Superlative

 

We use the comparative to compare

One syllable

 

longer

the longest

 

two people, places or things.

 

short

shorter

the shortest

We use the superlative to compare

One syllable ending

big

bigger

the biggest

 

more than two people, places or things.

in one vowel and one consonant

fat

fatter

the fattest

We use than in sentences that

Two syllables

 

lazier

the laziest

 

compare two people, places or things.

ending in -y

funny

funnier

the funniest

 

Some adverts are worse than others.

Two or more syllables

important boring

more important more boring

the most important the most boring

 

We use the before the superlative

Irregular

bad

worse

the worst

 

form of the adjective and we often use in.

 

good

 

the best

 

 

 

far

farther/further

the farthest/furthest

 

He's the I-ace-st person i" the class.

nouns.              We use not enough to say that something is He's old e..nøcgh.    insufficient.

     He isn.'t old enough.                                                                                            He's old e.nøyh to learn to drive,

    I haven't got e.nøvh money.                                                                         I'm Wty0öd enough to Win the competition.

Vocabulary

1    Television advert (ad/advertisement) • cartoon • channel • chat show • comedy • cookery programme documentary • drama • film • game show • live (adj) • presenter • reality show • remote control series • soap sports programme • switch on/off • the news • turn on/off

2    Adjectives describing TV programmes awful • boring • cool • exciting • funny • informative • interesting moving • popular • scary

3    Adjectives ending in -ing and -ed bored • boring • confused • confusing • disappointed • disappointing embarrassed • embarrassing • excited • exciting • frightened • frightening • interested • interesting • moved moving • relaxed • relaxing • surprised • surprising • tired • tiring

4    Other words and phrases page 139

Unit S


Comparatives and superlatives

I Correct the mistakes in these sentences.

1      My school is more bigger than this school.

2      You look thiner than the last time I saw you.

3      Some people think that watching sport is more boring that playing it.

4      The Volga is longest river in Europe.

5      Ethan is much worst at German than Jake. 6 Do you think this exercise is the most difficult of the book?

7 That's the sillyest thing you've said today.

too, (not) enough

less than, (not) as . . . as                                            / 6 points

2 Make true sentences using the words and as ... as, not as ... as or less than.

1      Spain/big/the US

2      A kilo of sugar/heavy/a kilo of iron

3      To become a doctor, philosophy/important/ anatomy

4      Jamie (born 2001 (born 2000)

5      l/good at maths/my best friend

6      Playing tennis/dangerous/parachuting

/ 7 points


Write sentences with too, (not) enough and the words given.

             1 Why is it difficult for people to climb Mt. Everest?                      5 Why can't Amy drive?

It (high) She's only 16. She (young) 2 Why can't your brother see that horror film? 6 Why can't palm trees grow in the Arctic?

image

He's only 1 5. He (old) It (warm) 3 Why can't you run a marathon? 7 Why don't you like that song?

My legs  (strong)  It's boring! It         (slow) 4 Why can't you buy a sports car?

(money)

Vocabulary revision image

/ 6 oints

/ 6 points

TELEVISIONADJECTIVES ENDING IN -ING AND -ED

1

Name these types of TV programme.

3 Complete the sentences with the words in the box.

 

1 It tells you information about today's events.

There are twelve words but only six sentences.

disappointed • disappointing • embarrassed embarrassing • frightened • frightening • relaxed 2 They interview famous people.

relaxing • surprised • surprising • tired tiring

3       It's based on a competition.

4       It looks at facts or historical events.

5       It goes between programmes to persuade you to buy something.

6       It follows the lives of real people living in a particu ar situation.

1      I thought I was going to get ten in the exam, but only got five. I was

2      It's             to see you because I thought you were on holiday.

3      I went out with one black shoe and one brown shoe. It was really

4      I hate high places. Yesterday we went up a really big

/ 8 points

ADJECTIVES DESCRIBINGTV PROGRAMMEStower. I was very

2 Complete the adjectives with vowels. Is each

5

The examiner was so nice. She made me feel

word positive (+) or negative (—)?

 

before the exam

                                                                                                                            6 I'm very                          after running. I can't move my

3 c

4

imageTotal: IZZZZÄZI image

SPEAKING; Work with a partner. Use words to talk about the photos.


imageimageSPEAKING; Work with a partner. Name one famous example for each of the words in the box. Use a dictionary if necessary.

beach — Copacabana

the class guess the word?

some of the words in the box.

1       when heat cannot escape from the atmosphere and the temperature on Earth goes up

2       when ice turns to water

3       a long period of time when there is no rain

image

4      

image

imagethe part of the Earth's atmosphere which protects the earth from the sunimage

5       the process of making the air, water or land worse, with

6       a large quantity of water that suddenly covers an area

image

7       the increase in the temperature on Earth

image

8       an accident with nuclear power, usually causing radioactivityimage

9       an accident when oil comes out of its container, for example at seaimage

Unit 6image

0      35 Listen to four descriptions of environmental problems. Match each description to a photo in 50

1      2             34

image

image7 imageSPEAKING] Work with a partner. Ask and answer these questions.

ow Is go a warming a ec Ing your country.

2      Where and when do you have floods or droughts in your country?

3      How do people waste water or electricity in your country?

4      What do you do to save water or electricity? 5 What products or materials do you recycle?

Qa«dina

he-rightAaIk-about-what-you-can-—

see. What do you think is the connection between them?

1b Look at the title of the article and the photos. What could 'the most important building in the world' be and why?

2        You have three minutes to read the text and check your prediction.

3        Choose the correct alternative. Write the letter of the paragraph where you found the answer. 1 countries pay&Qdtæyto keep their seeds there.

Paragraph

2      If there is an electrical problem at the Seed

Vault, the temperature will/won't be a problem. Paragraph

3      The most important thing about the location of the Seed Vault is that it is easy to protect from attacks/the altitude will kee the seeds dr Paragraph

4      In the case of a future catastrophe, the important thing is to have a lot/wide variet of seeds.

Paragraph

5      The Svalbard Global Seed Vault has/doesn't have millions of types of seeds.

Paragraph

6      Norway built the Svalbard Global Seed Vault because of global warming/possible environmental disasters.

Paragraph

7      People believe droughts and floods miqht/will never make it difficult to find food in the future.

Paragraph

4        $CRITICAL THINKING

Think! Then compare ideas with your classe

      Do you agree that this is the most important building in the world? Why?

      What plants from your country do you portant-tQ-p

5        What do the underlined words in the text mean? Guess and then check in your dictionary.

6        SPEAKING) What about you?

Are you generally optimistic or pessimistic about the future of the planet? Why?

image

s IS e mos I po an UI Ing In THE WORLD?

   Future problems          A Helping worldwide

Each year, people are becoming Any country in the world more and more worried about               can leave seeds in Svalbard. the future of our planet. People                And the service is free There are now starting to agree are 1,500 potatoes from Peru, global warming will definitely         bananas from the Pacific make a difference to the            Islands, and rice from more world's weather. On the one              than a hundred different hand, some parts of the world                countries. The seeds of may have more floods. But      some plants, such as peas, some other parts might suffer             only survive for 20 to 30 terrible droughts. All of this will years. But others will last for have a serious imp_aqt: on the         hundreds of years. world's agriculture. And that could make it difficult for us to       The most get enough food to survive.         important building?

In 2028, the Svalbard

A possible solution Vault will celebrate its 20 th This explains the idea behind anniversary 200 years in the the Svalbard Global Seed Vault. future, it's possible that the The Seed Vault is built into a ice caps will melt. Even if mountain on an island near this happens, Svalbard will the North Pole. The aim of the be safe. That's because it is building is to protect the on a mountain and will world's agriculture be above the water from future           level. And because catastrophes. This it is go close to the may not just be North Pole, even a question of    if their electricity global warming. stops working, the Perhaps there              ice will rnaintain will be a major a cool temperature nuclear disaster of -3.5 0C to keep the or war one day. These seeds safe. But the best things definitely won't be a protection is the fact that problem for Svalbard. Thanks it is in such a remote place. to careful planning, experts say After all, maybe one day this that it is going to any will be the most important catastrophe. building in the whole world

Protecting our plants

Some experts think that the population of the earth will probably go up by 50% in the next 40 years. Because of climate change, it probably won't be easy for some plants

image imageimage      6

different types of plants will be essential for agriculture to adapt to changes in the environment. In the Svalbard Global Seed Vault, there is space for 4.5 million types of seed. That's 2.5 billion individual seeds! At the moment there are over 770,000 different types there.

Grammar in context

egoing-tcand-w

la Look at the sentences.

a      They think the population will go up by 50%.

b      In 2028 the Svalbard Vault will celebrate its 20th anniversary.

c      Where can I find more information?

I know! I'll look on the Internet.

d      Yesterday the US decided what to do. They're going to send more seeds.

e      It's warm today. The ice is going to melt.

Fli d cla r • watch presentation video.

1b Match these explanations of the use of will and be going to with example sentences a—e in la.

We use will .

1       for decisions that we take at the moment of speaking.        c

2       to talk about an objective truth.

3       to make a general prediction. We often use think, hope, expect with this use.

We use be going to .

4       to make predictions based on some sort of evidence.

GRAMMAR REFERENCE

PAGE 80

image

2a PRONUNCIATION Look at these sentences. Why do you think 5 Now write down six predictions for the some words are marked in bold? future. Write about these areas:

1                The situation is going to get worse.           1 the environment           4 fashion

2                Temperatures are going to go up.              2 TV       5 sport

3                It's going to be a hot summer.     3 politics              6 medicine 4 We're all going to have problems.   I think the planet Will yet hotter.

5        1'm going to do something to help.

6        SPEAKING Work with a partner. Compare

2b PRONUNCIATION 36 Listen. What happens to the words in your plans and predictions from 4 and 5. bold? What is the pronunciation of be going to? image

2c         36 Listen again and repeat.     7a Look at the sentences and give an approximate percentage of certainty

for verbs given using will or be going to.        1 The population will probably go up.

3     Complete the sentences with the correct form of the        each expression in bold,

                    1 Experts expect that the ice cap image imageimage  image image image image image image image image                                   70-80% certain                                image

(disappear) one day. 2 Global warming will definitely make a difference. 2 It's only 10 am but the sun is already strong. It

                          image  image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image (be) a hot day.                                                                 image              image

3           imagePerhaps there will be a nuclear disaster. 3 A: I'm really hot.

                                 image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image (open) the window.                                                                            image

4           It's possible that the ice caps will melt.

4     Next week image (be) the anniversary of the world's worst oil spill. image

5     We may have more and more floods.

5               My friends have decided they image (write)

                            a letter about the environment to the local newspaper.                                                   image

6               Parts of the world might suffer droughtsimage      image

image6 People think imagethat global warmingimage

                           (cause) tots of problems in the future.                                                                        image     image

7               It probably won't be easy. 7 A: I'm going to see a documentary about the environment.

                                 image image imageimage image image   image image image image image image                image                                                                           image                                       image               image                image (come) with you.                        image image

8               It definitely won't be a problemimage image

4 Write down six plans or intentions you have. Write about

5       to talk about plans or intentions.


these areas:

1       school            4 sport/hobbies

2       home               5 family

3      

image

work 6 friends I'm going to do a school project next week.

image

7b Look at the position of the adverbs definitely and probably in 7a. What do you notice?

GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 80


Develooina vocabularv

EXAM SUCCESS

You are going to do a sentence transformation             Look at get in these sentences and match each one activity. Read the instructions carefully. What               with the correct meaning (a—e). things are important to check when you finish an

 

activity like this?

 

1 Summers are getting very hot.

 

EXAM SUCCESS page 145

 

2       I got your email yesterday.

3       Last week she got a book about pollution.

8

Rewrite the sentences keeping the same

 

4 What time will you get to the meeting?

 

meaning. Use between two and five words, including the word given.

 

5 Can you get me the pen that's on the desk?

 

1

It's possible that the sea level will go up in the next 50 years. may

The sea level - may. YO up — in the next

 

a arrive c become b bring d obtain or buy

 

 

50 years.

2

Complete the sentences with the words in the box.

 

2

3

It's certain that parts of the earth will become deserts. definitely

Some parts of the earth

deserts.

There's a possibility that the consequences will be catastrophic. perhaps catastrophic.

 

What is the meaning of get in each sentence?

dark • late • ready • red • thin • worse

1      You look hot. Your face is getting

2      My brother needs to eat more. He's getting

3      Come onl You need to get      for school.

 

4

It's certain life on the planet won't end in the next 20 years. definitely Life on the planet in the next 20 years.

 

4      Scientists are very worried because they say the situation is getting

5      Look at the time! It's getting Time for bed

 

5

It's probable that people won't change their

 

6 I'll switch the light on. It's got very                                   in h ere.

9

6

habits. won't

People                                                             habits.

The situation might get worse. possible

will get worse.

3

What usually happens in these situations? Write sentences with get and the words in the box.

 

an email with news • angry • bread home late • presents • tired

How certain do you think these predictions

 

are? Write sentences with the expressions in 8.

 

1

Somebody is saying horrible things to you.

YO"yet apyryt

 

1      Summers will get hotter.

2      Polar bears will become extinct.

 

2

You run for an hour or more.

 

3 Cars of the future won't use petrol. 4 We will have another ice age.

 

3

It's your birthday tomorrow.

 

5      Natural disasters will become more commom

6      The south of Europe will become a desert

 

4

You're out at 1 1 pm and there are no buses.

10            Work with a partner. Compare your

 

5

You're in a supermarket and you want to make a sandwich

I think summers will

 

6

Your friend in the US writes to tell you about what

I think they may get definitely get hotter. hotter. I'm not sure.

 

 

happened last week.

4a Work with a partner. Write a story where you use get as many times as possible.

4b $PEAKiNj Tell your story to the class. Who uses get the most?

yesterday 130t up at 7 am and Iyot ready fir school,

6


GatewayNo life

LIFE SKILLS OBJECTIVES

To learn about carbon footprints and water footprints. To consider positive action we can take to reduce our ecological footprints. To make an action plan to reduce our impact on the environment.

1

The world around you

.21

KEY CONCEPTS

climate change [n]: People are worried about climate change. We are having hotter summers and colder winters.

2 REÅOING Work with a partner. Student A: Read text A. Student B: Read text Be Answer the 4 questions about your text, Make notes with your answers.

Text A: Questions

1   What is a carbon footprint?

2   What is the difference between the primary and secondary footprint? Give examples.

3   Does the text mention any of the things in 1? Does it say that each one is good or bad?

4   What does the text say people can do to reduce their carbon footprint?

Text B: Questions

1      What is a water footprint?

2      What is the difference between the primary and secondary footprint? Give examples.

3      Does the text mention any of the things in 1 ? Does it say that each one is good or bad?

4      What does the text say people can do to reduce their water footprint?

a-kCarboQ footprint

Everyone leaves a carbon footprint. It is the impact each person has on the environment through the emission of greenhouse gases.

carbon dioxide emissions [phrase]: The carbon dioxide emissions from old cars are worse than from new cars. greenhouse gases [phrase]: If we burn fossil fuels, the greenhouse gases in the atmosphere increase. fuel-efficient [adj]: Modern cars are more fuel-efficient and use less petrol than before. charge/recharge (a mobile phone) [v]: My mobile phone has no power, I need to charge it.


Your carbon footprint has two parts: the primary footprint and the secondary footprint, The primary footprint shows the emissions of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases that you are directly

———responsibleforÆxamples•arefthe emissions produced by travelling and using electricity. The secondary footprint shows the emissions that you are indirectly responsible for. These include things like the emissions produced when factories make the things that you buy, All of these carbon dioxide emissions contribute to global warming. The size of your carbon footprint depends on many things. How you spend your free time is one of the most important. Do you watch TV

and play video games or do you read or do sport outdoors? Do you fly when you go on holiday? If you do, your footprint will be much larger than if you go by train. Rail travel is three times more fuel-efficient than air travel. Where your food comes from will-also-affectyoursecondary•footprint.• Processed and packaged meat has a bigger impact on the environment.

You may think that you are not responsible for any emissions because your parents do all the shopping and decide a lot of things at home. And it's true that your school is responsible for the things you do there. But you can suggest ways to change their habits. You can also watch less TV, switch off the light when you leave a room and unplug your mobile phone when it has finished charging. Each small action will help make your footprint smaller.


tili

Water is essential in our daily lives. But sometimes the size of our water footprint is shocking. It shows the amount of water a person uses, directly or indirectly, every day.

All day we use water directly. This is our primary footprint. This includes the water we drink, the water we need for a shower or the water we use to wash the dishes. But what about the water that we use indirectly; the water used to produce, grow or make the things we buy? This is our secondary footprint, and sometimes it is much bigger than we think. After all, 70% of the world's fresh water is used for agriculture so the things we eat can make a big difference. And, to make almost anything, from a computer to a T-shirt, you need water. Here are some facts that may make you think about how much

Brushing your teeth uses about seven and a half litres of water.

It takes approximately 1,286 litres of water to produce a loaf of bread. But it takes about 2,310 litres to produce a 150g steak!

An automatic dishwasher uses approximately 40 litres of water. Washing dishes by hand can use up to 75 litres.

A typical individual in the United States uses 500 litres of water each day. But over 1 billion people in the world use less than 6 litres of water per day.

The average toilet uses 8 litres of clean water each time you use it.

water we use in a day:

3                                SPEAKING Use your notes in 2 to explain to your partner what carbon/ water footprints are.

o

4                                Work in a small group. Make a list of ideas about how your school could reduce its carbon and water footprints.        00.

reduce the paper We use — recycle it

5                                LISTENING'            37 Watch the video or listen to students talking about their ideas for reducing carbon and water footprints at their school. Do they mention any of your ideas in 4?


6                                37 Complete each sentence with one or two words, Watch or listen again if necessary.

1       At the school they have a box for and one for reusing all their old paper.

2       You need litres of water to make a sheet of paper.

3       They also recycle  and

at the school now.

4       People were wasting water and towels in the washrooms.

5       The wrote 'Eve thing hel s!' on their posters.

6       In the past, everybody to switch the lights off at the end of the day.

7       You need 10,000 litres of water to make a light bulb shine for           hours.

7                                How many of the things in 5 and 6 do you already do at your school?

 

 

0

 

0

LIFE TASK

You want to let other teenagers know about ecological footprints and what changes they can make to reduce their footprint at school. In groups prepare a poster or video with ideas about how to do this. Follow this plan:

keelist-ofideasforthi school life to reduce your footprints. Use the ideas in the texts and in the video. Add your own ideas and search for others on the Internet.

2      Decide if you are going to make a video or a poster.

3      Organise your ideas in a logical way. Think about how you are going to persuade other students to make changes.

4      Make your video/poster.

5      Show it to the class.


ListeninaGrammar in context

sentences?

GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 80

1b Look at the words in the box. Check that you understand what they mean. What do you think could be the connection between them?

charge a mobile phone • corridor dance floor • run • sustainable energy

2 Complete these sentences with the correct form of the verbs given.

2 LISTENING 38 Listen to a science programme on the

 

image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image    image (not rain) for months, the result

radio. Why do the words in 1b appear?

 

is usually a drought.

3      38 Listen again. Are the sentences True (T) or

3

If it rains a lot for months, there imageimage image   image image image image             imageimage                                                              image image image image image  image image

False (F)?

 

often floods.

1 Simon Langton is the name of the school involved in this project.

4

If you don't water plants, theyimage image image  image image image image image image image image                    image                                                           image image image image image

2 The idea came from a boy who is studying at the school.

 

image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image   image(be) very sunny, it's bad for your

3 They think they can produce enough

6

If the sun image (shine) all day, the

electricity to make hundreds of mobiles work for two and a half years.

 

temperature goes up.

4 The students walk on the special floor when

3a Write sentences to make general statements

they go to technology lessons.

using the zero conditional.

5 Laurence first had the idea for this project

1 If I'm late for school, my teacheryets angry

imageimage
image

image

image1 If it's sunny, people oftenimage(go) to the beach.

when he was watching busy people moving with

             around his university.                                                                                               me.

6      The school is the first place to use this        2 If you sit too close to the TV, technology

7      You can use the technology to produce electricity by dancing.          4 I feel sad if

image

5 I enjoy English classes if

image

4      Look again at the false sentences. Why are they false?    6 My parents are happy if

image

5      (SPEAKING) What about you? 3b SPEAKING) Work with a partner. Compare your sentences from 3a. Are any sentences the

1       Do you like this idea to produce sustainable energy? Why/Why not?

2       Can you think of any other ideas at school or at home to produce sustainable energy?


4a Look at these sentences in the first conditional. Then choose the correct alternative.

1      If you run in the corridors at this school, the teachers will be really happy.

2      The school will save money if they produce extra electricity.

We use the first conditional to talk about possible/ impossible situations and their consequences.

image

5      Choose the correct alternative.

image

1      If we don't/won 't recycle paper now, we need/will need to cut down more trees in the future.

image

2      If we cut/will cut down more trees, the forests disappear/will disappeart

image

3      There are/will be more deserts if the forests

image

4b Look at the sentences again and choose the correct alternative.

1      In the part of the sentence with if we use the image present simple/will or won't.

2      imageimageimage
In the other part of the sentence we use the present simple/will or won't.

GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 80

6      Put the verbs in the correct tenses using the first conditional.

'If we (a) image (not do) something soon, electronic products (b) image (create) serious problems for the environment. We use more and more energy because we buy more and more electronic gadgets. If this situation (c) image (continue), each house (d) image (need) an incredible quantity of energy. The popularity of computers, tablets and mobile phones has created an enormous need for more power. In the 1970s homes contained, on average, just 17 electronic products. But now some people think that they (e) image (not be) able to brush their teeth if they (f)image (not

have) an electric toothbrush. If we (g)image

(forget) to switch off all these electronic gadgets, we (h) image (use) up all of our electricity for nothing.'

7      ISPEAKINW Work in groups. Begin with this sentence. If I pass all my exams this year, I'll have a special holiday in the summer.

Take it in turns to add conditional sentences. How many


sentences can you make?

5 Many plants and animals die/will die if the planet becomes/will become hotter.

image

unit 6

Develooina soeakina

(SPEAKING' Work with a partner and answer these questions.

6 [SPEAKING] Work with a partner. Look at the

 

Where do you like going at the weekend when it's .image          image

places to go at the weekend in the box.

 

1 sunny?                     2 raining?              3 cold and snowing?

Say if you like them. When is it best to go to them?

2

LISTENIN€ 39 Listen to two people making arrangements

 

for this weekend and answer these questions.                                beach • bowling alley • cinema the

1                 Where are they going?   mountains • park • shopping centre sports centre • swimming pool

2               imageWhen and where are they going to meet?

 

3 What are they going to take?

 

 

4 What will they do if it rains?

PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT

3

39 Complete the dialogue. Listen again if necessary.

7a SPEAKING) Work with a partner. Use the dialogue in 3, the expressions in the

 

Jamie: Listen. Are you up to anything this weekend?

Speaking bank and the diagram below to

 

Danny: Not really. What about you?

Jamie: If the weather's (a) Alex and I are going to go to the (b) Do you fancy coming?

Danny: Sure. What time shall we meet?

Jamie: How about (c)

prepare a dialogue making arrangements.

 

Danny: OK. Why don't we meet at the (d)

You

Your partner

 

Jamie: Fine. I'll bring some (e)                            and we can

9:30

 

 

Danny: What will we do if it (g)

Say hello.

 

 

Jamie: I'll give you a (h)                            and we'll go

 

Respond.

 

somewhere else.

Ask about

 

 

Danny: OK. Listen. I'll ring (i)                                and ask her to come.

your partneri5 plans for the

Say you have no plans.

 

Jamie: Good idea. See you tomorrow at (j)

weekend.

Ask about

i

your partners plans.

4

Tick (I) the expressions in the Speaking bank that appear

Say what your plans are.

 

 

in the dialogue.

depending on the weather.

Accept the

Ø SPEAKING BANK

Useful expressions for making arrangements

Invite your partner.

invitation. Ask what time to meet.

Asking about somebody's plans

Suggest a time.

Respond.

• What are you up to at the weekend?

 

Suggest a place to meet.

• Are you up to anything this weekend? v/

Respond

 

• Do you fancy verb +-ing?

 

Ask what happens if

Arranging to meet

 

the weather changes.

hat-time-shalluve-meet?

Sugaest,a different place.i

Respond. Say

Why don't we meet at

 

goodbye.

Responding to plans and arrangements

      Sure./Fine./OK./Great./Good idea.

      Not really./Sorry, I can't./l prefer Present continuous for future

Say goodbye.

 

Remember that we can use the present continuous as well as be going to to talk about future arrangements. Where are We meetipy tomorrow?

7b ,SPEAKINGI Practise your dialogue. Then change roles.

image

Develonina writina

Read this newspaper article about climate change. What


does the writer think about climate change and why?

image

2      (SPEAKING] Work with a partner. What do you think about climate change? Do you agree or disagree with Harry Macdonald? Why?

3      Here is a letter to the editor of the newspaper. Does the reader agree or disagree with Harry Macdonald? Are any of your ideas from 2 here?

Dear Editor,

I am writing in response to Harry Macdonald's comments about climate change which appeared in your newspaper last week. Personally I agree with many of the things that Mr Macdonald

Firstly, it is clear that our weather is becoming more extreme each year. Furthermore, it appears that these changes are affecting the whole world, not just one or two areas.

Next, some people say that climate change is just a natural process. Nevertheless, there is evidence that man-made pollution

imageFinally, many people say it is too late to do anything about climate change. However, I think that governments and multinational coinpanies use this as an excuse to continue polluting the atnnosphere. What is more, I believe that if it is a question of the future of our planet, it is never too late to take action.

I will be interested in hearing other readers' opinions on this subject.

Yours faithfillly,

Max Turner

'WRITING BANK

 

Linkers of sequence, addition and contrast

Sequence: Firstly, image

image

Addition: Furthermore, image

Contrast: However, image

5 Complete the sentences with linkers from the Writing bank.

      1  I think climate change is a big problem.

imageit is getting worse each year. 2 Let me explain what I think. imageI want to explain my opinions about climate changes in the summer. Next, I want to tell you what I think about changes in the winter. image I want to talk about what we can do to stop the changes. 3 In general, I agree with the article.

imagethere are some things in it that I do not agree withimage

PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT

6a Look at this topic and make notes. A newspaper journalist writes:

'Young people don't really do anything to protect the environment. They don't believe that they can make a difference.'

Write a letter to the newspaper editor expressing your own opinion on this topic.

Begin by explaining why you are writing. Express your opinion and explain your main reason for it.

Give additional reasons for your opinion. End your letter.

WRITING BANK PAGE 150

6bWrite your letter using the model in 3, your notes and the Writing bank to help you.

I V EXAM SUCCESS

When you write in exam conditions, what can you do if you do not know a word or if you are not sure how to use a specific grammar structure?

EXAM SUCCESS page 145

image


I                                 Ilnif"

     be going to                                will

USE

 

We use be going to to talk

We use UBI and won't to make general predictions about the future. We often

 

about plans and intentions

 

use            hope, expect, imagine, etc. with will and won't to express our

 

for the future. We use it for

 

opinion about the future.

 

things that we have already

 

I don't think the weather will be worse in the fictnre.

 

decided to do in the future.

We also use wMJ and WODQ when we decide to do something at the moment of

 

I've decided that I'm you

 

speaking, for example when we suddenly offer to do something for someone.

 

to study biology.

 

you look tired. I'll carry yonr bay.

We can also use be going

 

We use wj)J and won't to talk about the future when we consider it to be an

 

to to make predictions

 

objective truth.

 

about the future, particularly when we have evidence for

 

It's my birthday next week. I'll be seventeen.

 

the prediction.

 

We use definitely, probably, perhaps, it's possible that with wjfl to say how

 

It's really cold. I think it's

 

certain we think something is. Dcfinitey is when we are very certain, probably

 

going to snoW.

 

when we are quite certain, and peHaps and it's possible that when we are 50% certain.

imageimage
Definitely and probab& come just after will but just before won't. I'll definitely be there. I d%finitely won't be there.

may, might

Zero conditional

FORM

FORM

Affirmative           subject + may/might + verb in

If + present simple,       present simple.

infinitive

If you yo out in the rain, you yet Wet.

The weather may get worse.

The teachers aren't happy if We d0Vb't do our homework.

Negative               subject + may not/might not

USE

(mightn't) + verb in infinitive

We may not be able to do anything

We use the zero conditional to talk about situations that are generally or always true.

USE

If you take a fish out of water, it dies. ( = This is not just a

May and might are used in predictions when we are not sure about something. They express approximately 50% certainty.

First conditional

specific situation — it always happens.)

FORM

USE

If + present simple, will + infinitive

We use the first conditional to talk about

If the climate changes, food Will be a problem.

possible and probable situations in the future

If We don't do something soon, the situation will yet worse.

and their consequences.

The present simple comes in the part of the sentence with if.

If the sun comes out (possible future situation),

Will does not appear in this part of the sentence.

we'll yo to the beach (the consequence of this situation).

V%tiÆB be-hot -to day.

go


be going to, will

I Correct the mistakes in these sentences.

1       The students going to go on an excursion.

2       What are your plans? What do you do tomorrow?

will, may, might

2 Complete the sentences with the words in the box.

perhaps may probably definitely will won't

1      My team will            win tonight. I'm sure.

2      go next week but I don't know. 3 the problem will disappear.

Zero conditional                                           / 4 points

3

4

4

5

6

image

/ 4 points

imageimage
They say it's raining next week.

I can't meet you tomorrow because I'll do an exam.

/ 6 points

They                         won't go out tonight because

they have an exam tomorrow, but it's not impossible.

She definitely        run tomorrow because she's got a broken leg.

It's possible that I                                 see him tomorrow.

/ 6 points


3 Answer these questions with complete

4 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the

sentences.

words given.

1 What happens if you mix blue and yellow?

1      If the sun     (shine), we'll be able to go out.

2      We'll go out if Mum  (finish) work early.

2 What happens if you study hard for an exam?

3 If you do the exercise carefully, you      (get) all the answers right.

3 What happens if you never brush your teeth?

          4 It'll be great if she                               (come) tonight.

4 What happens if you eat too much?

5                                                 She'll leave hospital today if she              (be) OK.

6                                                 (not bring) the dog if you don't want me to.

Vocabulary revision image


DIFFERENT USES OF GET

image3 Decide on a synonym for get in these sentences.

1      I got some juice from the shop. image

2      Did you get home late last night? image

3      I'll get you a glass of water. image

Total:

/ 6 points

4      I got my exam marks yesterday.image

5      The book started well but it got boring.image

6      She got an email from her friendimage

/ 40 points                                                               Unit 6

JGateway to exams: Units

TIP FOR LISTENING EXAMS

In listening exams where you have to identify the speaker, remember

Read the tasks before you listen. But don't forget that the speakers will probably express the same ideas using different words and expressions.

> EXAM SUCCESS page 145

1       SPOKING Work with a partner. The photos show different ways of finding out the news. Which do you prefer and why?

2       LISTENING 0 40 Listen to a radio programme where people are calling to say how they like to find out the news. Match the speakers and their preference. There is one option that you do not need.

A                 Internet

B                 the radio

Amanda

C weekly news

Jerry

magazine

D newspaper

Sarah

the

Dan

3       040 Listen again. Which speaker

1       finds out the news at breakfast time? anda/Jerxy/Sara

2       thinks that pictures and images are an important part of the news?

Amanda/Jerry(Sarah/Dan

3       thinks the news on TV isn't very informative?

Amanda/Jerry/Sarah/Dan

4       thinks the most important thing is to find out the news quickly? Amanda/Jerry/Sarah/Dan

is tired

TIP FOR WRITING EXAMS

When you are writing in exam conditions, remember

If you don't know a word, think of a more general or basic word. If you aren't sure how to use a grammatical structure, change what you are going to say.

EXAM SUCCESS page 145

Work with a partner. Look at this topic and discuss your ideas.

A newspaper journalist writes:

'l don lt like it when famous people start talking about serious world problems like global warming. What do they know about it? I want actors to act and singers to sing. I don't want to listen to them telling me how to save the world.'

Some famous people, such as Angelina Jolie,

Write a letter to the newspaper editor expressing your own opinion on this topic.

Begin by explaining why you are writing. Express your opinion and explain your main reason for it.

5                    of working with computers?

Amanda/Jerry/Sarah/Dan

5-6

Give additional reasons for your opinion. End your letter.

TIP FOR USE OF ENGLISH

 

 

In sentence transformation activities, remember . When you finish, check that you haven't changed the meaning of the original sentence and that you haven't used more than the maximum number of words permitted.

> EXAM SUCCESS page 145

6 Rewrite the sentences keeping the same meaning. Use between two and five words, including the word given.

1       Africa is hotter than India. as

             India                                             Africa.

2       Protecting the environment is more important than space exploration. not Space exploration protecting the environment.

Speaking

TIP FOR SPEAKING EXAMS

When negotiating, remember .

If you can't think of something to say, use fillers like Well, Hmm or Let me think to give you time to decide what you can say next. And don't be afraid to say something that is obvious.

EXAM SUCCESS page 145

7 Work with a partner. Make a list of different ways of making and responding to suggestions.

8a You want to watch TV with your partner. Look at what programmes are on tonight.

No Place Like Home

Incredible Stories

Sports Night

A programme which

This series looks at

Tonight there's tennis,

shows you some of

normal people in

athletics, and of

the best and biggest

extreme situations. This

course all the best

houses in the world. All

week we see the story

international football.

the houses belong to

of a teenager who

 

famous people!

rescued a surfer from a shark attack.

 

Family-Ville

It's Only Natural

 

Yes, your favourite

This nature

 

cartoon is back. Follow

documentary looks

 

t e Iveso t e most

at t ewi           one

 

unusual family in

of the most beautiful

 

the United States,

places in the world

 

and all their hilarious adventures.

New Zealand.

 

3       Temperatures won't be warm enough for some types of animals. too

Temperatures                 for some types of animals.

4       The situation in Europe isn't as serious as in Africa more

The situation in Africa              in Europe.

5       It's possible that environmental problems will become more serious. may Environmental problems more serious.

6       It's certain that some animals will die. definitely

Some animals

7       It's probable things won't get better. probably

         I think that                                               worse.

'CAN DO' PROGRESS CHECK UNITS 5-6                   CEF

1      How well can you do these things in English now? Give yourself a mark from 1 to 4.

1   = I can do it very well.

2   = I can do it quite well.

3   = I have some problems. I can't do it.

a I can compare two or more things using different structures (more/less than, as as) b I can name and describe different types of TV programme.

c       I can identify information in a radio programme about the news.

d      I can make and respond to suggestions about what to do in my free time.

e      I can write a basic review of a TV programme, expressing my opinions.

f        I can make predictions and talk about future plans and decisions using will, may, might, be going to.

g      I can talk about situations and their consequences using zero and first conditionals.

h      I can discuss the environment and pollution.

j I can write a simple, formal letter to a newspaper, organising my ideas with linkers and in paragraphs.


8b SPEAKING) Work with your partner. Make and respond to suggestions about what to watch. After two or three minutes, make a decision.

2      Now decide what you need to do to improve.

1      Look again at my book/notes.


2      Do more practice exercises. > WORKBOOK Units 5 and 6 3 Ask for help.

4 Other:

Units 5-6


image


Dane4inn

each person with the correct photo. What are their jobs? Write a name or simple explanation for each one.

EXAM SUCCESS

You are going to do a True/False activity. What should you do after reading the text quickly for the first time to get a general idea?

EXAM SUCCESS page 145

2 Read the texts again and decide if the statements are True (T) or False (F). 1 There are two different sides to Ryan's job.

2   Ryan's job suits any type of person.

3   Ryan believes that his job can have a positive influence on people.

4   Grace has to act in her job. 5 Shop assistants never know what Grace's real job is.

6  Grace sometimes writes articles in magazines.

7  Grace never writes bad things about the shop assistants because she feels sorry for them.

8  Some people are trying to get rickshaws off the roads.

9  All the personal qualities that a rickshaw driver needs are physical.

10 The worst time to find a customer is a week day in the winter.

GPCRITICALTHINKING

Think! Then compare ideas with your class.

• Do you think these jobs are important for society? Why/Why not?

4  What do the underlined words in the text mean? Guess and then check in your dictionary.

5  SPEAKINGJ What about you?

1   What do you think of the different jobs?

2   Which of the three jobs in the text would you like to do the most? Why?

DO YOU HAVE AN UNUSUAL JOB? We want to hear from you!

2 7

In this photo I'm notth one who's going to jump. I getting that person ready. That's

5 my unusual job, and it's more difficult than it looks, You have to prepare people both physica_lly and mentally. Some get really frightened so you ha.ve to make

10 them feel confident And you must check all the ment very carefully If anything goes wrong, you're responsible. Of course, you mustn't be afraid of 3

15 heights! I like my job because I'm sociable and I can meet people from all over the world. All sorts of people come to do bungeejumping. For some of them the jump cha.nges their life It makes them feel more confident, like they can do anything! It's nice to know ihat by doing your job, you're ma-king a difference. It can

25 be hard work though. At busy times we get 25 people jumping in an hour.

Ryan O'Connor, Wellington — 6 th

                                            Mar 2.25 pm        rickshaw driver.

     A lot of people like shopping. Rickshaws are a mixture of a bike

        Me, I'm a professional 'mystery     and a taxi. l\wo or three people

30 shopper'. It's like being an actor, 55 can sit at the back and you pull or a _spy. For example, I go to     them by cycling. Nowadays there a clothes shop and tell a shop     are a lot in London. Some taxi assistant that I want to buy a     and bus drivers say we shouldn't coat. I pretend to be a normal    be on the streets because we're member of the public. I mustn't 60 dangerous. It's important to tell them who I really am.  stay calm in this job because Bui when I finish, I have to do      those drivers often shout at paperwork, answering questions     us. But nearly all the work is about the service. Usually shops    late at night, when there isn't ffl to know if the shop assistants are have any qualifications to be a doing a good job Or sometimes      rickshaw driver, but you have to magazines pay me because   be fit and strong, You must be they want to write an article patient too because sometimes

45 comparing different shops. It's 70 you have to wait a very long time difficult because sometimes you before finding a customer. Friday, have to say bad things about Saturday and Sunday nights somebody who may lose their are the busiest. And rickshaws job because of your report. But I are much more popular in the

50 suppose shop assistants should 75 summer. In the winter you get always treat their customers well. cold and wet.


Grace Simmons, Manchester —    Gavin Henderson, London - 6 th 6th Mar 3.02 pm      Mar 4.14 pm imageunit 7.

rammar in context presentation video.

odaLverbs:otobligatlo     n.t.to give-a vice-to ese eo e se t e pictures o e p you. en write one more and advice sentence with should or shouldn't for each picture.


la Look at the sentences.

a      You don't have to have any qualifications to be a rickshaw driver.

b     But you have to be fit and strong.

c      Shop assistants should treat their customers well.

d     I mustn't tell them who I really am.

e     You must check all the equipment very carefully.

f       Some say that we shouldn't be on the streets because we're dangerous.

1 b Which sentence(s) express:

1       obligation? b/e

2       no obligation?

3       prohibition?

4       advice or a recommendation?

lc What type of word comes after must, mustn't, should, shouldn't, have to, don't have to?

GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 94 | !

2a PRONUNCIATIOI( The letter 'I' is silent in the word 'should' — we do not pronounce it. Look at these sentences. Which letters do you think are silent in each sentence? Cross the letter(s) out.

1      Firefighters should be calm.

2      You mustn't talk to the bus driver. 3 Discipline can be important.

4       My science teacher comes to school at half past eight.

5       Fashion designers shouldn't copy other people's designs.

6       He works as a guide at the castle on the


4


1      I want to be a tour guide.

You should

2      I want to be a chef.

You should

3      I want to be a doctor.

You should

4      I want to be a scientist.

You shouldn't .

Choose the correct alternative. If you think both alternatives are correct, choose both.


island.

 

be a professional musician.

 

2

Builders mustn't/don't have to work in an office.

2b 0 43 Listen, check and repeat.

3

Doctors mustn't/don't have to tell secrets about their patients' health.

o you mus      ave to wear a uni orm in your JO ?

 

5

People who work in banks must/have to do a lot of paperwork.

 

6

A firefighter has to/have to work in a team.

 

7

An architect mustn't/doesn't have to be fit to do his or her job.

 

8

My sister must deal/deals with the public in her job.

1 You must/have to learn to play an instrument if you want to


7

image G Develooina vocabularv

image


1      It is not necessary to have experience to do the job.

You don't have to have experience to do thejobimage

2      It is obligatory for builders to wear hard hats here.

image

Builders

image

3      It is a good idea for Frank to work in the summer.image

Frank

image

4      In our school, teachers are not allowed to wear jeans.

In our school,

image

5      It isn't a good idea to wear very informal clothes for a job interview.

You

image

image

6      It is not obligatory for our receptionists to speak French.

Our receptionistsimage

7      It is essential for Karen to be calm in her job.

Karen image

'a *MING' Look at the photos and choose a job. Make a note of things you have to/don't have to/must/ mustn't/should/shouldn't do in this job.

image

image
6b Work with a partner. Describe the job. Can your

1                        Look at these words. They are compound adjectives, adjectives made by joining two words. The two words are usually connected with a hyphen (—).

Well-oryanised hard-workivy

Complete the compound adjectives in the definitions with the words in the box.

badly • blue/brown/green easy full good part • right/left • well

1     when you don't work all day or all week in your job

image. -time

2     relaxed and calm

image-going

3     when you don't get much money in your job

image-paid

4     when you work all day and all week in your job

image-time

5     when you get paid a lot of money in your job

image-paid

6     with blue/brown/green eyes

image—eyed

7     when you write with your right/left hand

-handed

image

8     attractive

image-looking

9     famous

image-known 10 rich

-off

image

2                        Listen and check your answers.

3a PRONUNCIÆINI 0 44 Listen again and repeat. Where is the stress in the compound adjectives? Is it on the first word, the second word or on both?


Gateway to life skills: The world otwork --4*

SKILts


LIFE SKILLS OBJECTIVES

To learn about transferable skills and their importance in finding a job. To consider practical examples of transferable skills in daily life. To assess and express your own transferable skills.

KEY CONCEPTS

organise a group of people.

(un-)employed [adj]: When his company closed, he became unemployed and had to look for a new job. employer, employee [n]: Employers usually look for ambitious people to become their employees. problem solving [n]: She's good at problem solving, finding solutions in difficult situations. leadership [n]: People with good leadership can motivate and


1  Work with a partner. What skills or qualities do both mechanics and chefs need?

They both need to be reliable.

-nacy both need to work with their hands.

2  READING Read the article. What are 'transferable skills' and why are they important?

- 2k

TRAN S FERAB LE

1n the past, people left school, found a job and then continued to do that job for the rest of their lives. So, they only leamed the skills for one specific job. But nowadays, most people do a number of jobs during their lifetime. This might be because they want to change jobs or perhaps they have to change jobs because they become unemployed. Today it is still important to learn skills for a particular job, but it is also important to learn 'transferable skills'. These are skills that we can use in not just one job but in almost any job. So, what are the most important transferable skills for the 2131 century? Of course, in just about any job you need IT skills. Computers and new technology are everywhere. If you're a shop assistant, an architect or a mechanic, you must be comfortable using new technology.

But even a highly-skilled user of new technologies needs other skills. Very few people work completely alone. So in order to be successful you have to be able to communicate well with others. Good communication IS an interpersonal skill. Other interpersonal skills include leadership and teamwork These are highly valued by employers. Can you mo va eo ers and direct them if necessary? On the other hand, are you able to listen to and take orders from others? Can you work together as part of a bigger team? That's important if you work for a top international bank or


bleskills?-Whatimportan

                    y were rans era e        s

transferable skills from the text could be useful

the past?

2 Who needs IT skills and why?

in the two jobs?

3 What are examples of 'interpersonal' skills and why

 

•LISTENING} 0 45 Watch or listen to three

are they necessary?

 

young people talking about things they

4 Who is maths important for?

 

do or did in their free time. Tick (V) the

5      What skill is important when there are situations we did not expect?

6      Do employers usually want ambitious or

 

transferable skills that are part of what

they do or did.

 

 

unambitious people? Why?

if you work in a local café. Creating a good impression

Z

Frieotd2 Mid cari4t Good compwotica+iom sKik2s

Amelia

Kierno•t

MOZZ%

on customers and colleagues is essential in almost all jobs, too.

Other general skills are important too. Maths is one of them. A waiter needs to be able to count money and give correct change. Bankers work with numbers and so do shop assistants. Using your hands can be useful

3

Good

mo+iva+i4t o+hers &ood or notisi4t 0+ ers

 

 

 

in a number of jobs, too. And then there's problem solving. In any job there are situations that we are not ready for. It's important that you can react to those situations in a positive way and find solutions. Finally, employers are interested in your personal

S

LCT sKiLks

Leadership

Mafhs mtd moote

 

 

 

qualities. Are you well-organised? Are you reliable and

8

Pa+ieqce

 

 

 

responsible? Most employers will also look for people who are ambitious and want to continue leaming and

9

Problem solvi4t%

 

 

 

improving in their job, so that the company moves forward too. In the end, perhaps this is the most important transferable skill of all — the desire to keep learning new things. As Albert Einstein said, 'Once you

{0

Teamwork

 

 

 

stop learning, you start dying!

5b

45 Listen again and make a note of examples

to justify your answers in 5a.

6 Work in a small group and compare your answers in 5.

LIFE TASK

You want to consider your own transferable skills.

Follow this plan:

1     Look at a list of transferable skills on page 147, e ourself a mark from 5 (brilliant to l oor for each skill. Add any other skills which you have which are not on the list.

2     For all of the skills where you have 3 or more, think of an example to justify your answer. It could be based on things you do at school, in your free time or to help out at home and/or in

I.

a job, if you have one

3 Use the list and your examples to write a description of your transferable skills. You could use this when you apply for a course or a job.

Grammar in context

second conditionalimage

la Look at these sentences. Then choose the correct alternative in sentences a—c.

1      If I went, I'd meet some famous actors.

2      If I were you, I'd do it.

3      I would earn a hundred pounds if I worked all weekend.

a We use the second conditional for possible and probable/improbable


1               (SPEAKING) Extras are the people who appear in the background, behind the main actors in films and TV series. What do you think are the good and bad things about working as an extra? Make two lists with a partner.

2               OSTENINGJ 46 Listen to someone talking about being an extra. Tick the ideas in your lists which they mention.

EXAM SUCCESS

 

You are going to do a multiple-choice listening task. In this type of exercise you have to choose one of a number of statements which corresponds to the information in the listening text. What should you do if you don't hear the answer to one of the questions?

EXAM SUCCESS page 145

3               46 Listen again and choose the correct answers.

1      Sarah doesn't know what to do because .image

a      they haven't offered her the job.

b      she isn't a professional actress.

c      she doesn't know if she likes the job they've offered.

2      Sarah probably won't get a famous actor's autograph because imagea you can't say hello to the actors.

b     they don't allow you to ask for autographs.

c      all of the actors there are just normal people.

3      Extras imagea spend more time waiting than acting.

b     only work five or ten minutes a day.

c      always have to repeat the same scene many times.

4               The main reason why Sarah may decide to take the job is because imagea it is quite well-paid.

b she has a cousin who worl<s as an extra imagec she really likes historical films.

5              

image

image
image

Evan convinces Sarah to take the job by suggesting that she should .image

a      speal< to the director.

b      make good use of the time when she isn't accually filming imagec become a film director one day.

4 SPEAKING! What about you?

Would you like to work as an extra in a film or TV series? Why/Why not?

and ima ina situations and their consequences.

b     We use the second conditional to tall< about the past/the present or future.

c      We can use the expression If I were/ was you, I'd to give advice/ express obl@ation.

1       b Choose the correct alternative.

1       In the part of the sentence with if we use the past simple/would(n't) + infinitive.image

2       In the other part of the sentence we use the past simple/would(n't) + imageinfinitive.

3       We can/can't use was or were with if l/he/she .image

GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 94

2       Look at the situations and write sentences using the second conditional.

1       I don't work because I'm still at school.

If I wasn't..stil[ at school, I'd work,

image

2       He isn't a pilot because he can't see very well.

image

3       She doesn't repair computers because she doesn't know how to.

image

4       I'm not a professional athlete because

image

5       I don't work as an interpreter because I only speak two languages.

image

6       We want to leave this company because we aren't happy here.

image

7       She can't take part in the concert because she doesn't sing very well.


image

wouldn't exist. Some golf clubs pay professional divers to go into lakes and collect all the golf balls that go into the water.

If you image. like a famous person, you would be able to make money. You could pretend to be the famous person and appear at parties or in adverts or TV shows.

Believe it or not, some people taste dog food image professionally to check that it tastes good. If I (c)dog food, I'd be ill!

image

One hotel in London had a professional bed warmer.

They paid somebody to get into the bed for five minutes and make it warm. If I (d) imagejob, I'd fall asleep all the time!

Would you buy an orange if it (e) imageor yellow? Most people wouldn't. But in some warm places the natural colour of oranges isn't actually orange. That's why some people's job is to make oranges orange — by suddenly making them cold or by exposing them to ethylene gas.

image
If people (f) imagetheir chewing gum in the bin, we wouldn't need 'Gum Busters'. These are people who use water at high pressure to take away chewing gum from any type of surface.

what you would do in each one and why. Make notes.

1      When you arrive at school, you see that you aren't wearing shoes. You're wearing your slippers! What would you do?

2      imageYou tell your best friend that you are too busy to go out tonight. Later, another friend persuades you to go out. Suddenly, you see your best friend 50 metres away, but they haven't seen you yet. What would you do?

3      imageYour mother is trying on some very unusual clothes in a clothes shop. She obviously likes them. She asks what you think of them. What would you do?

image

would go home again.

5b Work with a partner. Compare your ideas for each 4a Look at these situations. Think of good advice to situation. give somebody in these situations. Make notes.

1 I need money.         I 2 I want to work in the US one day.

wouldn't. The teachers wouldn't be

3      I want to help to protect the environment.               happy if you missed class.

4      I'm always tired in the morning.

5      I can't sleep at night.

6      I make a lot of spelling mistakes.

image

image

4      You buy a pair of jeans. When you get home, you find a very nice jacket inside the bag with your jeans. You didn't buy the jacket. What would

Developing speaking

D

J OB OFFERS

CINERAMA CINEMAS

We need people to work evenings and at the weekend. Responsibilities include checking tickets and selling popcorn and soft drinks. Watch the latest films o. free! Join our young and dynamic team!'

Phone 0181 754 6022 for more information about wages and conditions.

RedLemon Fashions

We are looking for shop assistants for the summer. If you love fashion, we want you to join our team. Good conditions. Perfect for students.

Phone 01 51 897 6543 for information about how to apply.

ARE YOU MAD ABOUT SPORT?

 

Would you like to spend all summer teaching sport to people from around the world? Then come and work at our international

pairs

sports camp!

Phone 0191 121 5533 for information

Ever wanted to visit California?

about where to send CVs, etc.

Are you patient, caring and good with kids? Work as an au pair in LA this summer.

SPORTS STAR CAMP

Free flights, food and accommodation!

Phone 0121 977 2001 for


image

la Look at the adverts for summer jobs. If you were looking for a job, which would you be interested in and why? Work with a partner and compare your answers.

1b Work with a partner. Choose a job and make a list of questions that you would want to ask to find out more information about the job.

Is the job NL-time or part-time? What are the Wages?

2               {LISTENING: 0 47 Listen to a teenager calling about one of the adverts. Which advert is she calling about? Does she ask any of your questions from 1?

3               47 All the expressions in the Speaking

 

Could you tell me

Could I ask

Can you tell me

what when how how much what sort of person

the job starts? I can apply?

you are looking for?

we have to do?

you need experience? the wages are?

4               SPEAKING) Work with a partner. Take it in turns to use the table to make polite requests for information.

PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT

!$PEAKIMGI Work with a partner. Do this role-play using the polite requests from the Speaking bank.

You are speaking to somebody about a summer job. Find out:

     the dates and wages

     if the job is full-time or part-time

     necessary personal qualities

     if experience is necessary or not.


bank are polite ways of requesting

information. Listen to the dialogue again Student A: Prepare questions to ask for information about the and put the requests in the order that job at Cinerama Cinemas. you hear them.

Student B: You have information about the job at Cinerama

Cinemas on page 148. Invent any extra information if necessary.

SPEAKING BANK

Useful expressions for making polite                    Good afternoon. I'm calling about your

job offer in the newspaper yesterday. requests

Can you tell me what the wages are?                                                               Yes. What would you like to know?

Could I ask for some information first?

Could you tell me if the job is full-time or

5b Now change roles.

part-time?                                                                              Student B: Prepare questions to ask about the job at Sports

Star Camp.

Student A: You have information about the job at Sports Star Camp on page 148. Invent any extra information if necessary.

'A'*i+inn

image Read this letter of application and CV. Which summer job offer on page 92 do you think this person is replying to? Why?

34 Norton Road

Stoke

14th February

Dear Ms Simpson,

I am writing in response to your advertisement in 'lhe Stolcc Times. I would like to apply for the job which you advertised in this newspaper on 1 0 th February. I enclose a CV with information about myself, including education and work experience. As you can see, I have experience of working with children and I also think that I am caring, patient and very hard-working. I look forward to hearing from you.

Yours sincerely,

Diana Iluxley

Diana

C U R R I C U L U M V I T A E

geumeeg

G E N E R A L I N F O R M AT I O N

Address                    34 Norton Road, Stoke, S03 6HT

Telephone (home) 0342 455 3212

Telephone (mobile) 632 12 34 56 dhuxley@anynet.uk

E D U C AT I O N A N D Q U A L I F I C AT I O N S

Green Coat School, Stoke

A levels in Economics (Grade A), Sociology (Grade B) and

English (Grade B)

W O R K E X P E R I E N C E

March 2013 - March 2015

Part-time teaching assistant at Sunnydale Kindergarten, Stol<e

July — August 2012 Helper at Green Valley Summer Camp, Brighton

Cookery, Surfing

Good knowledge of computers — MS Office, PowerPoint, Excel,

Word

2 Read the letter and CV again. Where does Diana give the following information — in her letter, in her CV or in both?

1      where and when she saw the job offer letter / CV / both

2      her personal qualities      letter / CV / both

3      her contact details            letter / CV / both

4      her hobbies         letter / CV / both

5      information about her experience letter / CV / both

image
1 -The Stoke Times newspaper on 10 th Febrnary

4      Write your own CV. Use the CV in 1 as a model.

5      Look again at the letter in 1 and complete the information in the Writing bank.

'WRITING BANK

Useful expressions and conventions in formal letters. our address In formal letters, we write and the date in the top, right-hand cornere We write Mr for men, Mrs for married women

and        for women when we do not make any distinction if they are married or not.

We can use the phrase I to hearing from you at the end of formal letters

When we know the name of the person we are writing to, we end the letter Yours

                We do not usually use                          in formal

letters. For example, we would write I would like not I'd like.

6 Work with a partner. Look at this job advert. What qualities, skills or experience would be useful for this job?

JOB OPPORTUNITY

We need waiters and waitresses to work in our new, 21 st century fast-food restaurant. Are you friendly? Are you fun? You are? Come and work for us!

Email a letter and CV to Gary Daly gdaly@21 stcenturyfood.co.uk

rtzed to be sociable, Expexi-emce in a fast fad restaurant would be we'd,

PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT

70 Write a letter of application. Use the letter in 1, your ideas from 6, and the Writing bank to help you

Write a letter to apply for the job at the fast-food restaurant and:

state which job you are applying for say what experience you have describe your personal qualities end your letter.

                                                                    WRITING BANK     PAGE 151

7b Read letters by other students. Who would you give the job to? Why?

                image              Ilni+    image               image

have toe don't have to

FORM

Affirmative

Police officers have to wear a uniform.

Negative

Teachers don't have to wear a uniform.

Question

Do police officers have to wear a uniform?

Short answers

Yes, they do./No, they don't.

USE

We use have to to talk about things which are obligatory or necessary.

We use don't have to to talk about things which are not obligatory or necessary.

should, shouldn't

FORM

Affirmative

You should arrive on time.

Negative

You shouldn't be late.

Question

Should I wait outside?

Short answers

Yes, I should./No, I shouldn't.

Second conditional

FORM

If + past simple, would/wouldn't + infinitive If I knew about cars, I'd become a mechanic. If we didn.'t lifte.w, we wouldw't understand his explanations.

If I Was a millionaire, I wouldn't kmøw what to do with my nunzy.

The past simple comes in the part of the sentence with if. Would does not appear in this part of the sentence.

The part of the sentence with if can go at the start of the sentence or at the end. There is no difference in meaning. However, if the part with if goes at the start of the sentence we must use a comma before the second half of the sentence.

If I had a bike, I'd cycle to school.

I'd cycle to school if I had a bike.

must, mustnt

FORM

Affirmative

You must switch off your mobile phone in class.

Negative

You mustn't use your mobile phone when driving.

USE

We use must to talk about rules, regulations, and obligations.

We use mustn't to talk about prohibitions.

Must is not very common in the question form. We usually use have to.

     We use should and shouldn't to give and ask for advice and recommendations.

     We can use were instead of was with if.

If I Were/was a millionaire, I would give nunzy to that charity.

USE

We use the second conditional to talk about imaginary or improbable situations and their consequences.

The imaginary or improbable sentences are in the present or future, NOT in the past.

If I find money in the street (imaginary present situation), I wouldgive it to the police (the consequence of this situation).

We use If I were you, I'd ..., to give advice and recommendations.

Vocabulary

1                 Jobs and work architect • builder • company director • fashion designer • firefighter • journalist • librarian mechanic • nurse • plumber • police officer • receptionist • shop assistant • vet

2                 Personal qualities ambitious • calm • caring • clever/bright • confident • creative • fit • hard-working patient • reliable • sensitive • sociable • strong • well-organised

3                 Compound adjectives badly-paid • blue/brown/green-eyed • easy-going • full-time • good-looking part-time • right/left-handed • well-known • well-off • well-paid 4 Other words and phrases page 140

image

image

image

If I Were you, I'd study more.

must, mustn't, have to, don't have to

i Choose the correct alternative. If two alternatives are correct, choose both. 1 People must/mustn't/don't have to make a lot of noise in a hospital.

2     You must/mustn't/have to study a lot to be an a rch itect.

3     People who work in a bank doesn't have to/don't have to/mustn't wear a uniform. should, shouldn't, If I were you

2     Choose the correct alternative,

Sam: I want to work in the US. Can you give me some advice?

Tanya: You should (a) look/to look for job adverts on the Internet.

       Sam:    (b) I should/Should / send my CV?

Second conditional

3     Write sentences in the second conditional.

1      l/see a bear take a photo of it

2      my brother/be angry shout

3      my parents/win the lottery give me a present

4      image
l/not have a pen ask my friend for one

/ 7 points

4     You has to/have to/must know how to use a computer to work in a bank.

5     Visitors to the museum mustn't/must/don't have to take photos. It is prohibited.

6     A professional football player mustn 't/doesn't have to/don't have to work in an office.

7     You must/don't have to/mustn't drink and drive

/ 5 points

Tanya: Yes, if I were you I (c) sent/would send a letter and a CV by email. But you (d) should/ shouldn't worry if it takes a long time for an answer. They probably have hundreds of people sending CVs. If I were you, I (e) would/ should be patient.

/ 8 points

5      we/not have a TV talk more

6      he/not be very good at football not play in the

first division

7      l/live in Italy speak Italian

8      we/have wings be able to fly


Oforever

Vocabulary

Friendships      3 Complete these questions with the correct preposition.

1 match Look at the the pictures pictures. to Read an appropriate the story andword or 1 Have you got a big or small circle             friends?

           phrase (a—j).                                                                                           2 Do you see eye                  eye with your parents?

        Maybe it's because I'm shy, but I've got quite a small            3 When you have an argument             somebody, do you

            (a) circie of friends. I'm really good friends with a                               find it easy to make it              with them afterwards?

small group of (b) classmates. I often (c) hang out

            with them at my house after school and sometimes                      4 Have you ever fallen                  with your best friend?

        we play sports in the park near school or go to the                  5 Do you have a lot             common with the people in

cinema. Apart from my classmates, I've got one other

(d) close friend. His name's Adrian and he's a friend   your close family?

            of my cousin. In fact, I met him at my cousin's house.                    6 Do you usually get                 well                your classmates?

            The first time I chatted to Adrian, we found that we                        Do you hang                  with your friends every day

7

(e)  see eye to eye on lots of things. There are many

            things that we (f) have in common. We like the same                        after school?

sports, the same subjects at school, the same TV

     programmes Maybe that's no surprise, because I 4 [SPEAKING] Use the completed questions in 3 to

        (g) cet on really well with my cousin, too. Adrian and              interview your partner.

I never (h) have arguments with each other and we've

            never (i) fallen out. But I know that even if we had                             Have you got a big or small circle of friends?

an argument one day, we would (j) make it u very

quickly. That's what true friendship is about. It's quite big, I think. I've got a lot of friends outside school.

3

Feelings

               You"re                                                              5 Write the words in two columns (adjectives and

               wrong!                                                                   nouns) in your notebook.

afraid • anger • angry • bored boredom

excited • excitement • fear • happiness • happy

loneliness

             h                                                                                                                                                        • lonely sad • sadness

1                                                  2       3

2                                                  Match the words and phrases in the story in 1       48 Listen, check and repeat.

6

with their definitions.

1      to have a good relationship with somebody          7 (LISTENING] 49 Listen. Write down the feeling

2      to stop being friendly with someone because you        expressed by each speaker.

                       ave a a isagreement wit t em                                             

1

3      to become friends again after a disagreement               3             5

                                                                                                                             2                                     4

4      to meet and spend time together

5      to have angry disagreements with somebody       8 [SPEAKING] Work with a partner. Ask and answer

6      to agree with somebody    questions about the feelings in 5.

7      to have the same interests or opinions as        When do you feel bored?

someone

8      a group of friends

When I'm waiting for my friends.

9      people in your class at school 10 a good friend

e


Qanelina

A LESSON IN

Zafar and Nadeem had been great friends since the age of five. They used to go to the same primary school. When they finished primary school, they both went to the same secondary school. That school was a 20-minute walk from their village in a town on the other side of the river. Every morning Zafar and Nadeem used to walk there and back together.

Zafar and Nadeem didn't always see eye to eye. They didn't use to argue much, but occasionally they had arguments about school. They were both      and wanted to get the best marks in their class. One wet Wednesday afternoon, they were walking back from school together,

FRIENDSHIP

image

image

as always. But on this occasion Zafar was angry with Nadeem. Nadeem had got the highest mark in a test that day and he kep! on talking about it. Zafar thought Nadeem was only doing it to make him feel bad. Anger took control of him and finally, in a moment of madness, he turned and

Nadeem in the face. Nadeern was shocked at first, but then he picked up a stick, and wrote in the sand by the side of the road: (Today my friend Zafar slapped me'.

The pair of friends carried on their way home in silence. The rain kept on falling, As they got closer to the river, a section of the river bank broke because of the rain and the

• -'231.

water carried both boys into the river. Nadeem couldn't swim but straight away Zafar was there by his side, pulling him to pafety. After Nadeem had calmed down, he took a stone and wrote on a big rock: 'Today my friend Zafar saved my life ,

Zafar said: 'Earlier, you wrote in the sand saying that I hit you. But now you've written on a rock. Why?' Nadeem replied: 'Writing in the sand disappears quickly. When our friends do something bad to us, we should forget it quickly. But when friends do good things and show us kindness, we should always remember it, just as the writing on a rock remains forever.' When Nadeem had finished speaking, Zafar put his arm round his shoulder and they continued on their way home.


image Read this story about two friends called Nadeem

3

Read the story again and answer these questions.

and Zafar. Are Nadeem and Zafar still friends at

 

1

What was the only problem in Nadeem and Zafar's

the end of the story?

 

 

relationship?

2 Put these events in the story in the correct ordere

 

2

Why did Zafar hit Nadeem?

 

 

3

What happened to the river on this particular day?

image Nadeem and Zafar started studying at secondary

 

4

Why did Zafar need to help Nadeem?

school.

 

5

What did Nadeem need to write his second message?

b Zafar wanted Nadeem to explain his actions.

 

6

What was the lesson that Nadeem gave Zafar about friendship?

c       imageNadeem wrote a message on a rock.

d      Nadeem did very well in a test one day at school.


g       Nadeem and Zafar met for the first time.image

5

h      Nadeem wrote a message in the sand.image

imageZafar saved Nadeem's life.image

6 j    Zafar got particularly angry with Nadeem.image

What do the underlined words in the text mean?

image

Guess and then check in your dictionary.

imageSPEAKING What about you?

1      What do you think is the secret of friendship?

2      What other stories about friends or friendship do you know?

Grammar in eontext

ast-perf

la Look at the sentences. Which actions happened first, the green or the red?

1       Zafar was angry with Nadeem because he had got the highest mark.

2       When Nadeem had finished speaking, they continued on their way home.

1b Choose the correct alternative.

We use the past perfect to talk about an activity in the past which happened before/ after another activity in the past.

lc Complete the rule.

To make the past perfect, we use the past of

2a PRONUNCIATION The contracted form of had is 'd. Look at these sentences. Add 'd to the sentences that should be in the past perfect.

1 Heimageknown him since he

was five.

imagewent to live in another town.

imagegone to the shops.

4 weimageseen him that morning.

presentation video.

ewnt         esentenc&1m3aas.one-sentencee-Puton ver In t e past pe ect an t e ot er In t e past simp e. Use when or after.

1 When I had put my pyjamas m, I got into bed.

2

3

image image

4

5

6

4      Complete these sentences in a logical way using the past perfect.

1         was onely because everybody had left,

2         I was feeling ill because

3         They were very happy because

4         She was bored because

image

5         imageWe were angry because 6 He was feeling sad because

image

7      Yesterday I was excited because

image

8      They were afraid because

image

image imageimage image image image image imageimage image image image image image image image image image imageimagetook her phone with her, image6 1 image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image imagegiven him my pen.image

2b 50 Listen and check your answers.

2c 50 Listen again and repeat the sentences with 'd.

3a Match the sentences.

1      I put my pyjamas on. Ryan was always an amazing student. Before he was seven,

2      She finished the shopping.image(learn) to speak five languages. Before he

5      Complete the text with the past perfect form of the verbs given.

image


image3 They finished their lunch. He got out of the pool.

We finished the test.

6 I found my keys.

a       They left the restaurant.

b      I got into bed.

image    I opened the door.

d      She carried it home.

e      We gave it to the teacher.

f        He dried himself with a towel.

was 16, he (b)                        (pass) all his university entrance

because they (c)image(give) him a place to study there. Ryan (d)image(not make) many friends when he

imageimageimage(be) at school. But by the end of the first week at university, he (f)image (meet) lots of people with similar interests to him. At school he (g)(not see) eye to eye with most of his classmates. It seemed to him that he had much more in common with his university friends. It (h)(take) him a long time, but finally he had a circle of friends to chat to about his studies.


Develooina vocabularv

1 begin to learn English

5 start to ride a bike

1

Look at the words. Which suffix, -ness, -ship,

2 travel to a different

6 go on holiday without

 

or -dom, can we add to them? Does the spelling of any of the words change?

country

his/her parents

 

 

image

3      learn to read   7 use a computer             bored • free • friend • happy • ill • king

4      swim in the sea              leader • lonely • mad • relation • sad • weak

image            I'd                                                                                                                             bored — boredom

2               51 Listen, check and repeat.

3               Complete the sentences using the noun form of the appropriate word in 1.

7 Look at the sentences and choose the correct

 

 

a\ternative in the rusesg

1

That's a crazy idea. It'simage   imageimage image image image image      image                image                                            image    image    image image

1 Every morning Zafar and Nadeem used to walk there

2

image  image image   image image image image image image image image image image imageimage image                            imageimage                             imageimage  image is being able to control and

and bacl< together.

 

direct a group of people.

2 They didn't use to argue much.

3

To beat the other team we need to find their

a We use used to to tall< about single actions/habits in the past.

 

              image image image image image image image image image image image image image       imageThere must be something that

b After used to we use the infinitive/past simple.

 

they aren't very good at.

GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 106

 

 

 

what he likes, when he likes.

8

Isabel used to live in a small village on the Costa del

Sol in Spain. Now she lives in New York. Complete the

5

What's the image between Lucas and

Hannah? Are they family or friends?

 

sentences with used to or didn't use to.

6

Flu is a very common image image imageimage image image image image image image image image          image                image                                           image

 

1

Isabel image speak Spanish all the time.

7

Money can't buy you image image image image image image image image

 

 

          image image image image image image image image image image image image image image imagetravel by Subway.

image image image image image image image image image image  image image image image image image image imageswim in the sea.

image image image imagesee thousands of people on

8

I think television is popular because of the image    image                image                image               image              image    image                image               image              image               image    image               image                imagethat people feel when they have

nothing to do.

 

 

the streets.

4a Complete the questions with the correct

 

 

image image image image image image image image image image image image image image image imageknow everybody who lived

noun suffix.

 

 

in her street.

1 What is important for a good

4              

image

imageimage
imageimageimageHe loves the              of being able to do

friend

2      What is your biggest weak.image

3      How much freeimage         do you think you have?

4      What do you think is the secret of happ(y)image

9a SPEAKING; Complete these sentences about yourself when you were seven with used to or didn't use to.           6 Would you like to go to the United

                 1 imagehave lots of homework.                                      Kingimageone day?

7 Have you ever had a moment of 2 imagelike drawing and painting.

3

imageplay computer games.

 

4

imageread books in English.

4b SPEAKIN$ Work with a partner. Ask and answer

5

imagespend a lot of time alone.

these questions.

imagemad

6 imagespend a lot of time at home,

9b Work with a partner. Compare your answers.

image

Unit,B

Gateway to life skills: Personal well-being

Managing,friendshipsiii

LIFE SKILLS OBJECTIVES

     To learn about friendship styles.

     To think about situations when you need to make new friends.

     To decide the best way for new students to make friends at school and locally.

KEY CONCEPTS

feel part of [phrase]: Now I feel part of the group — we're all close and get on well. share [v]: When I have food at break time, I share it with my friends so they all have some. isolated, disconnected [adj]: I don't have any friends here. I feel isolated/disconnected from the others.

take part in [phrase]: Some people like taking part in sports

events but others prefer to watch.

la Choose the best alternative for you.

1 I prefer spending my time alone/with mv familv/with one qood friend/with a small qroup of friends/with a biq group of friends. 2 1've known most of my friends for a verv Iona time/for a year or so/since only recentl_y.

3 1 find it very easy/easv/difficult to chat to somebody meet for the first time.

                 ADVICE / CATEGORIES                FACTFILE A-Z 1

1b In what situations do we have to make new friends? Work with a partner. Make a list.

2 READING Read this page from a website, How many of your ideas from 1b can you find?

HELPLtNES

Making new friends

We ate need to make new friends sometimessThere are many reasons why, including:

You may have moved to a new town or even a new country!

5 Your close friend or friends may have changed school or moved away,

You may have fallen out with your circle of friends or you may have less in common with them than you used to. You may be away from your friends and family on a 10 holiday camp or an educational trip.

WHAT YOU CAN DO:

everyone feels it at some time. It does not mean that lhet-e is someihing wrong with you. li is a silualion that you can change, Changing ihe siluation may involve finding and developing a circle ot friends. But i} limes alone; to use them more constructively and enjoyably.

15

Do nol wait for other people to visit you or speak to you Try lo talk to people you sit nexl to in class or at meals or in breaks. Say hello or even just smile at people you pass n the building

Try to put yourself in new situations where you wilt meet people with similar interests to you. Join in with activilies that you are genuinely interested in and enjoy dubs, sports or voluntary worl<.

Bul do not do loo rnuch don't fill your time with too many things just so that you are not alone

20          Try not to be critical ot your efforts. IQemind yourself that close friendships lake time to develop.

Build relationships by being a good friend to others.

Respond to oihers and -lheir interests (bul do nol prelend 10 be interested if you aren't really).

Some people are more comfortable in groups and others in h one40-one' situations. Consider your own preferences and . Find others with similar preferences,

imageccor mg_o e In orma •on n e ex , are e resin-the-orderin-which----—— the line(s) where you found the answer. the students mention them,

1       The only way to change your loneliness is by

5c 52 Explain the significance of each being with other people. picture and how they helped to make


2       It is important to take the first step when you are lonely.

image

3       To stop loneliness, go out at every possible moment.image

4       If you're lonely, don't go alone to do your

favourite activities.

5       You need to be patient when you are lonely. 6 It's always better to be in big groups of friends

than just with one friend.

4 SPEAKING Work with a partner. Discuss your answers to these questions.

1      Imagine you are at a language school in the UK for three weeks. Do you think you will find it difficult to malce new friends? Why/Why not?

2      What's the best idea to help you make friends in the

article?

imageimage
7

5a Look at the photos. Work with a partner. How do you think they could help people to make new friends at university?

friends. Listen again if necessary,

52 Which speaker (1—4)image

image made friends thanks to a skill they had?

image

b     made friends almost without moving?

image

c      needed time to make friends?image

d     made friends by helping other people to relax from their studies?

image

e      had other people offering to do the same as them?

image

f       did an activity that they really enjoyed in order to make friends?

image

Whose idea do you think would work best for you? Why?


Lief—ninoGrammar in enntayt

DISCOVER YOUR Put a tick (V) next to any statements

SECRET SELF! which you think

are true for you.

image

I feel I have to be right all the time.

If I don't do my best, I get angry with myself

When I go shopping, I don't buy anything if I'm not image 100% happy with it.

I enjoy criticising other people but I hate people criticising me

image

Understanding other people's opinions isn't easy for me.

I love giving presents to my friends and family.

I'm good at drawing. writing and acting.

I find it easy to talk about how I feel,

When I feel sad or lonely I feel very sad or lonely. I hate rules and obligations because my freedom is the most important thing.image

     imageimage image            image3

My idea of excitement is doing sudokus and crosswords

I always think hard before making a decision.

I'm usually very hard-working at school.

I stay calm in difficult situations,

I learn by watching and reading more than by doing

In a group, I'm the one who makes decisions.

I hate being with people who can't make decisions.

I love having a good argument

I'm not afraid of telling people what I think I find it hard to say sorry.

We use the gerund:

We use the infinitive:

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GRAMMAR REFERENCE

PAGE 106

imageimageUnderstanding other people's opinions isn't easy,

4   I find it easy to talk about how I feel.

5   I learn by watching.

6   Nobody wanted to make the decision.

7   A: Why did you shout at the waiter?

B: To tell him the food was no good.

1b Put the rules below in the correct column.

1  imageas the subject of a sentence.

2  imageto explain why somebody does something image3imageimmediately after adjectives.

4   imageafter certain verbs like want.

5   imagewith go to talk about physical activities.

6   imageafter prepositions.

 

last night.

Section 6? Now find out what each section means on

6

Jessica often/never apologises.

the next page.

7  

image image

image
image

imageimageimageimage
image

imageafter verbs of liking or disliking.

2 Look at these statements. Which rule in 1b explains why we use the gerund or infinitive in each one?

Section

results mean.

image

 

 

imageimageimage      image        image               image        image]      it cliftic:ult something.image   image        image               image        image                image        image                image        image                image        image

say no ji someone asks me to image                        image

image

2   imageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageimageNow turn to page 148 to discover what your5

3   LISTENING     53 Listen to Jessica talking toI lave making other people feel goocl

Jack about the questionnairee Answer thesePeople often come to me to get advice.

questions.i ali.n,y ays want to help ray tnencls ancl family

1   Which section (1—4) do they talk about?

2   Do Jessica and Jack agree with the results?

I      I'm interested in becoming a doctor or a nurs n one day

image

image

2  Jack thinks Jessica isn't very good at waiting/ listening.

Shouting is hornble in my opinion.image

3  Jessica and Jack have an argument about why/ I make problems clisappear by noi thinking e_bout them. how long he waited last week.

4

Jessica agrees/doesn't agree that she likes

 

 

 

arguing.

3

Tick (V) the statements in 2 that are true for you.

5

Jessica didn't like the service/qualitv of the food

 

Where do you have more ticks, in Section 5 or

Unite


You're warm and caring and you think it's easy (a) (make) friends. You do many things (b) (make) your friends' lives better, But (c) (be) helpful can sometimes get you into trouble because you want (d) (know) what problems people are having

no-mance: You like (e) (show) your emotions but you can be possessive. Don't go (fall) in love too fast!

      5deaI               Nurse, doctor, primary school teacher

      aduice: Learn to say no and don't be afraid                            image

(make) it clear what you want from life.

You never want (h)

(argue) about anything. You're calm and open-minded. You enjoy (i) (isten) to other people and you think it's important (j) (hear) different opinions. But (k) (do) what other people want all the time can be tiring

fRcnuuace: By (l) (accept) your partner's ideas, you seem an ideal partner. But it's important (m) (spend) time doing what you want.

Social worker, receptionist, gardener

image image image

advice: (n) (defend) your own opinions isn't the same as being aggressive. Do it more often. Why? (o) (get) the respect of other people is important.

5     Do you agree with the results? Why/Why not?

William Hanna and Joseph Barbera

6     Read this text and find eight mistakes with gerunds and infinitives.

William Hanna and Joseph Barbera were the creators of popular cartoons. They were responsible for create Tom and Jerry, The Flintstones, and Scooby-Doo. Hanna and Barbera had different skills. Hanna, for example, liked singing and play music. Barbera was very good at think of funny situations for the characters. Hanna used to go walk and he enjoyed to be outdoors. Barbera relaxed by go to the beach. Eat good food was another of his hobbies. They had different personalities but they got on really well. They were always excited about work together. They remained partners and friends for over 60 years.

7     Finish these questions using a gerund or an infinitive.

What type of person are you?

1      Are you interested in meeting new. people

2      Do you enjoy

3      One day do you want

4      Do you ever go

5      Do you find it easy

6      Is it important for you

7      Do you hate

8      Why do you go

9      Do you think         is a good idea?

10  Are you excited about

8b SPEAKING Tell the class some things you discovered about your partner.

discovered that my partner is interested in watching o/d black-and-white films.

I


Developing speaking

la SPEAKING Work with a partner. What types of things name of the tense and the explanation of its use. do you like doing with your friends? Make a list.

SPEAKING BANK

 

Using different past tenses 1 I went to a barbecue,

2      We used to go there a lot.

3      They'd made a lot of food.

4      When I was getting food, I met Oliver.

a past continuous b past perfect c past simple d used to

an activity in progress at a moment in the past. We often use it to describe scenes in the past. ii a completed action in the past. iii a past habit iv an activity that happened before another action in the past.

image1b Look at the photos. What can you see in each photo? Which event would you prefer to be at and why?

4      Think of an event that you went to with your friends or family, Prepare to talk about it by looking at these questions„ Make notes but do not write complete sentences.

 

 

 

 

 

IS en o a conversa Ion a ou

image

what the event

1      imageimage
imageWhere did you go?

2      Who did you go with?

3      What did you do there?

4      How many people were there?

5      Did you I<now eveybody there?

6      Who did you meet or chat to?

7      Was there any food? What was it like?

8      What did you wear?

9      Did you enjoy yourself?

10  What time did the event end?

PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT

5      SPEAKING Work with a partner. Take it in turns to do this task. Use your notes from 4 and the Speaking bank to help you.

Tell your partner about an event that you went to with

the barbecue in picture b and answer these was questions.         n what you did there

image

1       Why did Joe have a barbecue?your opinion of the event, giving reasons.

2       Where was the barbecue?

EXAM SUCCESS

 

What language is useful in tasks where you have to report past events?

EXAM SUCCESS page 146

3       What was the music lil<e and why?

4       How many people went?

5       Who had made all the food?

6       Who did Lee meet at the barbecue?

image

'unit 8,

Dear Hemy,

I hope you're well. I've got a bit of a problem at the moment and I wanted to ask you for help.

Do you remember my friend Jonathan? He used to be in the basketball team with me. Recently, he's stopped talking to me. About a month ago he started going out with a new circle of friends. At about the same time, he left the basketball team. And at school his marks are getting worse. I really like Jonathan, and I don't mind if he goes out with other friends. But I'm worried about him, I think his new friends are having a really bad influence on him. What should I do? Please write back soon and tell me what you think.

All the best,

Dan

image

L)ear Sophie,

I'm writing to you because I need some advice. Do you remember El lie? We've been best friends since primaxy school. But recently I've realised that I don't have anything in cornmon Wilh her any rnore. Maybe it's because I sing in a band now and I spend a loc or time hanging out with them. When I'm with my friends in the band, we always talk about music: and Ellie isn't really interested in that. So when she asks if she can corne with us, I always have to invent reasons why she can't. I feel bad aboul lying to her. I know she's having a hard time. What should I do?

Please write back soon,

Rachel

image Read this emaile What problem does the writer of the letter have?imageRead this email. What problem does this writer imagehave? What advice would you give? Think of at least three different ideas.

2   SPEAKING Work with a partner. What advice would


you give Rachel?

3   imageimage
Read Sophie's reply. Is her advice similar

to yours? Do you think it's good advice?

5b SPEAKING, Work with a partner, Compare your ideas.

Why/Why not?

Are they similar?

L)ear Rachel,

6 PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT Write an email giving advice Dan. Use

to the email in 3, your ideas from It was good to hear from you, bul I'm sorry [o hear image 5, and the Writing bank to help you. abou[ your problem Here's my advice.

First of all, I think you really should chat to Ellie. '101 1 her the truth that ou ive Ota new hobb and new friends. Next, explain that i['s difficult because your new friends don'[ have much in common will) her. So, suggest spending some time alone Ellie but say [hat _you also need time alone with your new friends. Aller that, tell her [hat this new situation imageisn't her fault or your fault. Who knows? Maybe one image day in the lulure you'll both have more in common image again. Lastly, loll Ellie thal you're sure she'll find a image new group of friends soon, just like you have.

Anyway, I hope you find [his advice useful.

Good luck!

Sophie

8


FORM

 

USE

Affirmative

subject + had ('d) + past participle

We use the past perfect to talk about actions that

 

She had left the classroom.

happened before another action or actions in

Negative

subject + had not (hadn't) + past participle

the past.

 

They hadn't seen hen

I kad done my homework When my mum came

Question

had + subject + past participle

home. (= First I did my homework and then my mum came home.)

 

Had you finished the exercise?

We often use time expressions such as when, after,

Short answers

used to

Yes, subject + had. No, subject + hadn't Yes, / had. No, they hadn't.

by the time, as soon as with the past perfect.

FORM

 

USE

Affirmative

used to play with dolls when I was small

• We use used to to talk about past habits,

Negative

She didn't use to have so many exams when

things we did regularly in the past but not

Past perfect


she was at primary school.                                                    now.


Gerunds and infinitives

USE

We use the gerund:

as the subject of a sentence. Running is good for you.

after prepositions.

I'm interested in learning languages.

after verbs of liking or disliking, e.g. like, love, enjoy, can't stand, don't mind, hate. I enjoy going out.

with go to talk about physical activities. yo runnuy, yo swimming, yo cycling, yo shopping, yo fishing

We use the infinitive:

to explain why somebody does something. Why did he yo to the shops? To buy milk.

immediately after adjectives.

It's good to express your feelings.

image

after certain verbst e.g. want, learn, agree, decide, expect, hope, seem, try, would like. I Want to Workfor a newspaper.

Vocabulary image

1                  Friendships circle of friends         classmates          close friend •o to fall out with somebody to get on well with somebody to hang out with somebody to have an argument with somebody to have in common • to malce it up with somebody • to see eye to eye

2                  Feelings afraid (adj)         anger (n) • angry (adj) • bored (adj) • boredom (n) excited (adj) • excitement (n) fear (n)       happiness (n)     happy (adj) loneliness (n) • lonely (adj) • sad (adj) • sadness (n)

3                  Noun suffixes -ness, -ship, -dom boredom • freedom • friendship • happiness • • kingdom leadership • loneliness • madness • relationship • sadness • weakness

       er wor s an p rases  page

image

B


Past perfect

1 Complete the sentences in a logical way. Put one verb in the past perfect and the other in the past simple.

1     When I      (finish) my breakfast, I

(brush) my teethe

2     When the students (do) the exam, the teacher (say) they could go. 3 She (dry) her hair after she (wash) it.

used to

4

5

6

7 / 7 points

They (take) her to the hospital because she (have) an accident. They didn't see the start of the film because

when they    (arrive) at the cinema it

(start).

(write) the email, he (send) it.

They (go) into the museum when they (buy) the tickets.

/ 4 points


2 

image

Andy was very unfit five years ago, but now he's changed. Write logical sentences using used to or didn't use to.

I He

eat a lot of fast food.

prepare healthy meals.

 

do exercise.

sit watching TV all day.

Gerunds and infinitives

 

/ 8 points

3  Choose the correct alternative. Why do we use the gerund or infinitive in each case?


1  1 went to the shops

2  Are you interested in seeina/see that film? 3 Smoking/To smoke is bad for your health.

4  Why don't we go fishing/to fish this weekend?

Vocabulary revision

FRIENDSHIPS                       / 7 points

Match the words from each column to complete the phrases.

1   to get on

2   to have

3   to have things

4   to see

5   to fall out

6   to hang

7   imageto make it

imageFEELINGS

5  Sam can't stand cycling/to cycle to school.

6  1 want listening/to listen to that new album.

7  The burglar got in by opening/open the window. 8 Are you ready helping/to help_ me?

a in common

1 the opposite of strength: w

b eye to eye

2 the feeling when nobody is with you and you

c with somebody d well with somebody

bad:

e an argument with somebody

3 something that affects people and makes them

f up with somebody

do crazy things: m

g out with somebody

4 the connection between two people:

/ 7 points

5 something which makes you feel bad or

2 Write the nouns for these adjectives. Is each feeling

unhealthy: i

generally positive (+), negative (—) or it depends

6 being able to do what you want, with no

     1 sad             5 angry

obligations: f

2   afraid 6 excited

3   lonely 7 happy

4   bored

7 the ability to organise and lead others:

image

NOUN SUFFIXES -NESS, -SHIP, -DOM / 7 points 3 Read the definitions and write words ending with -ness, -ship or -dom.

Total:6

TIP FOR READING EXAMS

 

 

In True/FaIse activities, remember .

Read the sentences that you need to prove true or false and find the section of the text where the information comes. Read those sections again in more detail.

> EXAM SUCCESS page 145

3 Read the text again and decide if the statements are True (T) or False (F). Write down the number(s) of the line(s) where you found the answer.

1 Fraser Doherty's jams are a mixture of tradition and new ideas.

 

You are going to read a text about a young man called Fraser

2

Fraser started by producing 1 ,000 jars of jam a week.

 

Doherty. First, match the words to the pictures,

 

 

 

 

3

At first, Fraser made and sold

 

         jam                           grapes                                                            factory

 

the jam in his free time.

 

 

4

Fraser still makes jam at home.

 

 

5

Fraser has a very positive opinion of typical, old jam.

 

 

6

Fraser wanted to make a

2

Read the text. How has Fraser Doherty become a millionaire?

 

new type of jam but he didn't know what people

5

10

15

20

25

day

The to 1

jam

to to

jam

for

 

imageJAM MILLIONAIRE

rasor Doherty is very hard-working and ambitious. In fact, he's so hardworking and ambitious that at the age of 24 ho was already a millionaire!

Fraser was 1 4 when he started making jam. There had been a special rnaking jam for generations and generations in the Doherty family. One grandmother told Fraser the secret and, with her help, he began to his own unusual jams, all called SuperJam.

was obviously good because soon Fraser was making it and selling it friends and neighbours after school. Within four years he was producing jars of jam a week from his parents' home in Edinburgh, Scotland. In when he was just 17, he won a contract to produce 120,000 jars of week for a big British supermarket. That moant that he needed to start jam in a factory, not at home.

Fraser was 18 he studied business at Strathclyde University in

He hoped that his business would go well and grow and if it did he sell to other supermarkets. Things went really well. Today he sells jam

2,000 supermarkets around the world, from Australia

jams are often 80 per cent sugar, but Mr Doherty, company is called SuperJam, has created a alternative. He uses grape juice, not sugar. His aim make jam as healthy as possible. He wanted to

7      Fraser's dad was happy when Fraser used their home for business.

8      Fraser's dreams at university came true.

Writing

TIP FOR WRITING EXAMS

 

In writing exams, remember .

You lose marks if you do not answer the question and include all the information that appears in it.

> EXAM SUCCESS page 146

4 Work with a partner. Look at this advice for writing a letter to apply for a job. What other advice can you think of?

1       Say which advertisement you are writing about.

2       Write expressions like I look forward to hearing from you.

way of his invent jam

his

,000 2007, a producing

When Glasgow.

could over

Russia! Traditional whose healthy was to replace with frightening people

the traditionally unhealthy a 'super jarn'. 1 1t was quite to change a product that have made the same way hundreds of ears, but I wanted

'Fraser has taken an old product and he has rnade it young, exciting and modern.'

he image

in be

image

 

image           30

35

to add a new dimension: Fraser has also been creative with new ingredients like kiwi and lime. A food expert said: 'Fraser has taken an old product and he has made it young, exciting and modern. '

Mr Doherty's father, Robert, said that was sad when Fraser moved to a factory because he used to like watching Fraser making the jams at their family home Edinburgh. But now he can certainly happy with his son's incredible international success, based on a grandmother's secret recipe!

o not use contractions

5 You see an advertisement for a summer job at Fraser Doherty's jam factory. Write a letter to appty and include this information. You can invent it.

Why you are writing

Personal qualities you have that could help to get the job What experience you have

 

would think.

image

7-8


TIP FOR LISTENING EXAMS

 

 

In multiple-choice listening activities, remember

If you don't hear the answer to one question, start listening immediately for the answer to the next question. Don't panic. You will probably be able to hear the dialogue again.

EXAM SUCCESS page 145

6      LISTENING' 55 Listen to two teenagers talking about working in the summer. What job do they talk about and in which place?

7      55 Listen again and choose the correct answers.

1       Sarah doesn't know what to do because a nobody has offered her a job for the summer.

b     she doesn't want to go away.

c      she doesn't know if she lil<es the job they've offered.

2       Sarah is worried because a she doesn't have any experience of working with children.

b     the last time she worked with children it didn't go very well.

c      she doesn't like little children.

3       When Jim worked with kids he was a tired. b bored.

c angry all the time.

CAN DO' PROGRESS CHECK UNITS 7-8

advice

you

and

personalities

-ship,

image

4

4

4

1 How well can you do these things in English now? Give yourself a mark from 1 to 4.

1   = I can do it very well.

2   = I can do it quite well.

3   = I have some problems.

can't do it.

a      I can express obligation, prohibition and using modal verbs like must and should.

b     I can talk about imaginary situations and their consequences using the second conditional.

c      I can describe jobs and the personal qualities need to do them.

d     I can ask about jobs, making polite requests.

e     I can write a simple job application.

f       I can talk about the past using the past perfect used to.

g      I can talk about friendships and feelings.

h     I can understand texts about different and relationships.

can make nouns using the suffixes —ness, and —dom.

j I can write an emai giving a vjce to a nen

2 Now decide what you need to do next to improve.

1 Look again at my book/notes. 2 Do more practice exercises.

WORKBOOK Units 7 and 8 3 Ask for help.

4 Other:

image

 

 

 

4       The family will a pay Sarah something.

b     pay for Sarah to go to New York but not to return.

c      only give Sarah free food and a room.

5       Jim thinks Sarah should a think hard before she takes the job. b get experience of working with kids before taking the job.

c accept the job now and worry later.

8      What about you?

TIP FOR SPEAKING EXAMS

 

 

In activities where you report past events, remember .

Use a variety of past tenses and different expressions of time and sequence (first, nextÄthen, later).

> EXAM SUCCESS page 146

9      Look at this exam task. You have a few minutes to make a note of things you are going to say or questions you are going to ask. Do not write complete sentences.

Tell your partner about a time when you made a new friend. Tell your partner:

     when and where you met the person

     how you became friends

     information about the person and your relationship with them

 

 

 

o you t In

 

a 00 Ing a er I

é-efiildféffjS¯ a difficult job? Why/Why not?

7-8

10  SPEAKING Student A, tell your partner about your experience. When you finish, change roles,

tea.

e to

Vocabulary

Fiction

1       Work with a partner and match some of these words with the book coverss Check that you understand all the words,

comic • crime novel • fairy tale • fantasy graphic novel • historical fiction • horror play • romance • science fiction • thriller

2       056 Listen and repeat.

3       SPEAKING] Work with a partners Ask and answer these questions.

1       Do you like reading fiction?

2       How often do you read fiction?

3       Which types of fiction do you enjoy reading the most? Why?

4       Are there any types of fiction which you dislike? Which? Why?

Non-fiction

4 Match the words with the book titles

atlas • autobiography • biography cookbook • encyclopaedia • guidebook magazine • manual • newspaper textbool<

1      Explore New York guidebook

2      How to get the most from your tablet

3      My life by Bill Clinton

4      Shakespeare by Bill Bryson

5      My Grandmother's Mexican Kitchen:

100 Family Recipes

6      Asia (World in maps)

7      The Times 8 Gateway

9                                              National Geographic

10                                          Britannica

9

                  a                              b                               c

d

                             ILhv•                                         Tales of Ten W0'lds

5a PRONUNCIATION Practise saying the words in 4 and put them in the correct columne

atlas

5b 57 Listen, check and repeat.

5c Look again at the words in 1. Can you put any of them into these coHumns?

6      LISTENING' 58 Listen to the conversations, What types of book or publication are the people talking about in each conversation? They can be fiction or non-fiction.

1                                                                                               4

2                                                                                               5

3

7      SPEAKING Work with a partners Compare how often, and in what situations, you read different non-fiction.

I read cookbooks sometimes because I enjoy coo/<ing. I read them to find new things to make.

I never read cool<books because I never cook. What about manuals?


De—Ain«

                                                                                ENI    ENT

WHSmitli

THE LIFE OF A TOP CHILDREN'S AUTHOR

. Before, most people

. The second of these two

He swims. But not

knew him as one of the two

books, Mr Stink, was for teenagers.

just in his local swimming

main actors in the Bit-ish

It won the Children's Award in

pool. In 2006, he swam

comedy series Little Britain. But

the People's Book Prize in 2010.

from England to France. He

now, especially with children, he

The books were so popular that he

made about one million

is probably more famous as a

continued writing.

pounds for charity. Since then

bestselling author. In fact, some

 

he's also swum about 225

now say that he is the UK's most

.. It is about a boy who is the

kilometres of the River Thames,

successful children's writer, having

richest 12-year-old in the world.

this time raising two million

sold 2.8 million copies of his first six

-P He has a Foxmula One racing car,

pounds. When he finished,

books in five years.

a thousand pairs of trainers, a billion

he told reporters: 'l think I've

 

pounds, but there's just one thing he

just swum the length of the

He started acting at

needs: a friend. The book came with a

Thames! I feel quite tired. I

school. Then he went to

billion pound note that readers could

think a bath is the only water I

university and after that he

use to enter a competition to vvån a day

want to see for quite a while.'

joined the National youth Theatre.

as a billionaire in London!

 

That was where he met Matt Lucas

 

A boat was canyng

who became his partner in creating

His sixth book, Demon

copies of one of his books

the Little Britain series in 2003.

Dentist, sold more than 220,000

from China to the UK, A

 

copies in just the first two

storm hit the boat and 30,000

 

months of being     Walliams

copies of the book fell into the

. He showed that he could

said: 'Demon Dentist is my very first

gea! His       said that they

act in serious plays and films, not just comedies. He also

horror story . .. I hope children of

were making an extra 30,000 copies of the book in Europe to

worked as a judge on the popular

all ages will love the new book's combination of chills, action and of

substitute the copies that the sea

reality show, Britain's Got Talent.

course comedy.'

had destroyed.

EXAM SUCCESS

3 Look at the photos in 1 again.

Explain the significance of each one.

You are going to do a missing sentences activity. in this type of

activity you have to find the best place to put various sentences 4 $RITICALTHINKING

taken from a text. How can you check this activity when you finish?

Think! Then compare ideas with

                                                                                  EXAM SUCCESS page 146   your class.

2 Read the article again and put sentences a—h into gaps 1—8 in  read? Why?

the text.

image But it was in 2008 that he signed a contract to write two children's    5 What do the underlined words in the

 

books.

 

text mean? Guess and then check in

b

Walliams was born in 1 971 image

 

your dictionary,

c

His books have continued to sell well.

 

 

d

When he isn't acting or writing, Walliams has an interesting hobby,

6

SPEAKING What about you?

e

He continued appearing on TV in different types of programmes.

 

1 What were your favourite books or

f

David Walliams is a man of many talents.

 

stories when you were younger?

g

However, he wasn't very lucky with water in 2013.

 

2 Who is your favourite author now, and why?

image

image

imageDavid Walliams is a top children's author. He loves writing fiction for kids, but he also does many other things!

h His third book was called Billionaire Boy.

9


Grammar in context

Reported-speech—statement

la Look at what David Walliams said to journalists.

1 Demon Dentist is my very first horror story. 2 ! hope children of all ages will love the new book.

3       1 think I've just swum the length of the Thames!

4       1 feel quite tired.

Now look at what the journalist wrote.

a      Mr Walliams said Demon Dentist was his very first horror story.

b      He told us he hoped children of all ages would love the new book.

c       He said that he thought he had just swum the length of the Thames.

d      He told the interviewer that he felt quite tired.

1       b Answer these questions.

1        What happens to the verbs when they go into reported speech?

2        What happens to most pronouns and possessive adjectives when they go into reported speech? 3 What is the difference between say and tell?

4 After say and tell do we always need to use that?

GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 120

2       Match these sentences in direct and reported speech. One of the reported speech sentences can go with more than one of the sentences in direct speech.

1        I write novels. f

2        I'm writing a novel.

3        I wrote a novel.

4        I've written a novel.

5        I'll write a novel.

6        I can write novels.

7        I may write a novel.

8        I have to write a novel.

a She said she could write novels.

1 Ing nove

c She said she had written a novel. d She said she'd write a novel.

e      She said she might write a novel.

f        She-said—she-wrote-novels g She said she had to write a novel.

9

O

presentation video.

00 e-examp esun-2-an putthetenses-and ver s In t e correct p aces In t eta e.

could • had to • might • past continuous past perfect • past-sift* • would

Direct speech                               Reported speech

1       present simple          past simple

2       present continuous

3       past simple

4       present perfect

5       will

6       can

7

8 must/have to

4      Complete the sentences with said or told. Which fictional character is 'he'?

he sometimes wore glasses,

2                                                        me he had come to Earth from a different planet.

3                                                        us that he could fly.

4                                                        that he was working as a journalist.

5                                                        he didn't like kryptonite. 6 that he had an 'S' on the front of his costume.

5      Rewrite the sentences in 4 as direct speech.

1                                                      1 sometimes Wear glasses.

6      There are other words which we often change when we put statements into reported speech. Look at this example.

'l read this book last week.'

She said she had read that book the previous week.

Use the words in the box to complete the table.

a (week/month/year) ago • here last (week/month/year) • next (week/month/year) this • today • tomorrow • tonight • yesterday

         Direct speech          Reported speech

1                                                      this        that

2                                                      there

3                                                      that day

4                                                      the day before

5                                                      the next/following day

6                                                      that night

7                                                      the following (week/month/year)

8                                                      the previous (week/month/year)

9                                                      a (week/month/year) before

G Develooina vocabularv

image

 

d

Try to find a particular piece of information in a book.

Ba Write a true sentence about yourself and

e

Continue reading.

the summer. It can be about last summer, next summer, or the summer in general.

f

Turn a page or piece of paper to see the other side.

imageimageimageCaltabianø.                                                     1 Read these sentences. Can you guess the meaning of the phrasal verbs in italics?

1 I don't want 10 slop now. I want to read on to the end. 2 Can you read out your answer to the next question so that we can all hear it?

3      I don't understand some of these words. I'm going to look them up in my dictionary.

4      I want you all to turn over the page and continue reading. 5 Read the sentences and then fill in the gaps.

6      He flicked through the book quickly to see if he liked it before he bought it.

7      It doesn't look good when you make lots of mistakes and then you cross them out.

2 Match the phrasal verbs in 1 with the definitions.

a       Read so that other people can hear you.

b       Draw an X or a line through some writing to show that it's not correct.

c       Write information in empty spaces.

imageimage               image               g Turn the pages of a book quickly, not looking carefully.

I Went to a sports camp last summer. cross • flick • look • on ' out • over I always yo to the beach in the summer.image

8b Read out your sentence to the other        The other day I was in a bookshop. I picked up a novel by a new people in your class or group.    writer and began to (a)     through it. I didn't really

read any of it, but I decided to buy it and took it home. When

 

sentence, write down what

i

erent

8c When eve bod has read out their

people said. Can you remember everyone's sentence? Mia said that she had gone to a sports camp the previows summer.

Jack told us that he always Went to the beach the summer.

8d {$PÉÅKINÉI Work with a partner. Compare your answers. Do you have the same? If not, find out who is right by asking the person.

decided to                                 There were lots of unusual

imagewords that I had to (c)up in the dictionary. I turned (d)another page and then another but I still didn't

image

imagelike it. I told my friend and he asked me to read (e) imagea section so that he could hear. He said that the writer was using too many words to say something simple and that it was repetitive. He could (f)out half the words because they were unnecessary. In the end, I stopped reading that book and picked up another one.

                                                                          image9              113


Gateway to life skills; Art and culture

LIFE SKILLS OBJECTIVES

• To read and think about the start of a novel.

To hear people recommending books to read.

To read a book and discuss it in a 'book club'.

KEY CONCEPTS

browse [v]: I was browsing an online bookshop because I wanted to buy a book but I wasn't looking for a specific title. blurb [n]: I read the blurb on the back of the book and it said that the book was 'a unique horror experience'. back cover [n]: Usually on the book's back cover it tells you about the book and the author. prologue [n]: Before the novel really began, there was a prologue.

1                           Look at the cover of this novel and answer these questions.          JAMESPATTERSON

1       What can you see on the cover?

2       What type of novel do you think it is?

3       What do you think the novel is about? Guess.

2                           Read the prologue to the novel and answer these questions.

1       What type of novel is it?

2       What does the prologue tell us about the 'angel experiment'?          The Angel Experiment

            4G                                                                               9:20

Prologue


Congratulations. The fact that you're reading this means you've taken one giant step to surviving till your next birthday. Yes, you standing there, flicking through these pages. Do not put this book down. I'm really serious — your life could depend on it.

This is my story, the story of my family, but it could easily be your story too. We're all in this together, believe me.

I've never done anything like this, so I'm

OK, I'm Max, I'm 14. I live with my family, who are five kids not related to me by blood, but still totally my family.

We're — well, we're kind of amazing. We're like nothing you've ever seen before.

Basically, we're pretty cool, nice, smart —s and very special. The six of us — me, Fang, Iggy, Nudge, the Gasman and Angel were made by the worst, most horrible 'scientists' you could possibly imagine. They created us as an experiment. An experiment where we ended up only 98% human. That other 2% has had a big impact, let me tell you.

We grew up in a science laboratory/prison called the School. It's pretty amazing that we can think or speak at all. But we can — and so much more.

There was one other School experiment that survived. Part human, part wolf — all predator: they're called Erasers. They're tough, smarl and hard to control. They look human, but when they want to, they can change into wolf men. The School uses them as guards, police —e and murderers. They want to kill us. And make sure the world never finds out about us.

But I'm not lying own just yet. m e Ing you, right?

This story could be about you — or your children. If not today, then soon. So please, please, take this seriously. I'm risking everything that matters by telling you — but you need to know.

Keep reading — don't let anyone stop you.

Max. And my family: Fang, Iggy, Nudge, the Gasman and Angel.

Welcome to our nightmare.

image

imagehes€kharacterimage

                   14 years old, image      6a Work What with do you a partner. know about Look them?at the books in the table.

2 Max's 'family'

3      the 'Erasers'

4      The author of this novel, James Patterson, is an expert at making people want to read on to find out what happens next in the story. He does this in different ways. Find a sentence from the text for each of these techniques.

1     The character talks directly to you, the reader. yes, you standing there, flicking through these pages.

2     Generally, the sentences are short and direct. 3 Reading the text is like a dangerous adventure.

4      imageThe reader is made to feel part of the adventure.

5      imageThe writer introduces the characters in the story quickly and dramatically. 6b

6      The language is informal and natural, like listening to a person talking.

7      There is intrigue — you want to know more information.

image
[LISTENINGÄ 59 Three students are going to read out a short section of the book that they have just finished reading. Then they are going to say what they think of the book. Listen or watch and in 6a match each speaker to a book.


6c (9 59 Watch or listen again, What did each speaker like about their book? Write the number of the speaker next to each item.

Listenina                                              Grammar in eonteyt

6 What are you reading at the moment?image


 

Notepad                      image

      image       VS.        SURVEY

Comments

Reads one or two books a (a) imageAt the moment, reading a (b) imagebook.

Goes to the cinema two or three times a

    (c) image image image image image image image image image image imageimage         image   image                image                image

imageimageimage image image image image image image image image image image image ges to see film adaptations. IUinks that with books you knøw what the characters (e) image

The characters are almost like

Sometimes gets a shock watching filpms because

the characters (g) image to the way she imagined.

image

2      imageLt$JEMNGi 0 60 Listen and complete the notes. Use just one or two words for each space.

3      0 60 Are these statements True (T) or False (F)? Listen again if necessary.

1       The interviewer asked her how often she bought

2       He wanted to know how often she read science

fiction.

3      

image

imageimageimage
He asked her what she was reading at that moment.

4       The man asked the girl how often she went to the cinema,

5       He asked her if she had seen The Hunger

             Games films.                                                                         T/F

6       He asked her whether she preferred reading fiction or non-fiction.

Unit 9image

7       Do you prefer reading fiction or non-fiction?

8       He asked her whether she preferred reading fiction or non-fiction.

1       b Choose the correct alternative.

1       We change/don't change tenses, pronouns and words like this and here in the same way in reported statements and reported questions.

2       We use/don't use question marks in reported questions.

3       We use/don't use the auxiliary verb do in reported questions.

4       We put/don't put the verb before the subject in reported questions.

5       We use/don't use if or whether in reported questions when there is no question word

(who, what, why, etc.) in the original questionimage

GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 120

2       Complete the sentences with a question word or if/whether.

1       They asked the novelistimage her favourite writer was. She said Tolkien.

2       Kate asked Jennyshe wanted to do.

image

3       Paul wanted to knowimageI had come

4       Hannah asked meimageI wanted a coffee and I said yes.

5       They asked me image I had brothers or sisters and I said no.

6       My teacher asked meimageI hadn't been at school the day before.

7       Karen's mum asked herimageshe had had a good time.

at that moment. He said that he wasn't but that he was going to start a new one soon.

2       The writer asked the man if he had enjoyed her book. He said that he thought it was the most beautiful thing he'd ever read.

image

3       The reporter asked the singer why she wouldn't answer any of his questions. She told him that she only wanted to talk about her new album and that she wasn't going to talk about anything else.

image

Keira: What did you do last night?

image
imageMatt: I didn't do much. I just watched TV with my parents. imageDid you study for the literature exam?

When do we have the exam?

We're doing it today.

Why didn't you remind me?

image told you but you weren't listening. Why do you never pay attention to

50 As a class, choose a famous person who you would like to interview. It can be an actor, politician, singer, sports star ...

5b Imagine that this person is coming to your school. With your partner, prepare five questions to ask them.

5c SPEAKING Choose a student to be the famous person. Interview them and make a note of their answers to your questions.

5d SPEAKING! When you finish, work in pairs. Take it in turns to report back the interview.

First we asked him why he had decided to come to our school. He said that he'd been a student here.

Then we wanted to know


image
image

image

Develooina soeakina

1     What is, in your opinion, the most enjoyable book you have ever read? Make notes about it using the 'You' column in this table.

 

You

Speaker

 

 

 

Author

 

 

Type of book

 

 

Reasons why you like it — the story, descriptions, characters, style,

etc •

image

2 image

3 image

1 image image image image image image

2 image

3 image

 

 

1

Write notes with your

a

a loud, clear voice.

 

 

 

main ideas but . image                                image

b

the audience.

3

61 Complete the expressions in the Speaking bank. Listen again if

2

Include an introduction

c

a logical order.

2     LISTENING) 61 Listen to a student giving a 4 Join the sentence halves with advice about giving a presentation about their favourite book. presentation. Complete the table with notes.

necessary.                                                                                                              and d a conclusion.

e     nat a complete text.

f       aloud.

naualnninn wrifina


imageSPEAKING Work with a partnero Put the pictures in order and tell the story.

2       Look at this sentence,

A woman was writing.

Look at picture e and expand the sentence by adding words to describe the scene in more detail. How many words can you add?

3       Look at this sentence. What types of words have been added to the sentence in 2? Is the sentence more interesting than the one in 2? Why? It was the middle of a cold winter and a bright young novel.

4       Read these sentences and match each one to a picture from the story.

1       It was autumn and the golden leaves were falling softly and slowly from the trees.

2       Soon after, they started printing thousands of copies of the novel.

3       image
When the boss of the company had finished reading the book, he was extremely happy.

5       Look at the advice in the Writing bank. What examples of the advice can you find in the sentences in 4?

'WRITING BANK

Useful advice for writing interesting stories Use adjectives and adverbs to make your writing more descriptive.

The yooy writer immediately took hex novel to   publisher,

Use a variety of past tenses. When she finished the book, young writer tmmediatcly t6äL

and sequence.

One day iw spring, a student went

Suddenly he

               TWO months later, thr- young            left- .

WRITING BANK PAGE 151

6 PRACTECE MAKES PERFECT Write the story in 1. Use the sentences on this page and the advice in the Writing bank to help you.

Lanauaae checkooint: Unit 9

Reported speech - statements

FORM

When the reporting verb (say, tell) is in the past, the tense of the verb in reported speech usually changes, going one tense 'back'.

Direct speech —

Reported speech —

tenses

tenses

work at home.'

She said she worked at

Present simple

home. Past simple

m working.'

She said she vvas

Present continuous

working. Past continuous

have worked

She said she had worked.

Present perfect

Past perfect

'l worked.

She said she had worked.

Past simple

Past perfect

had worked.

She said she had worked.

Past perfect

Past perfect

will work.

She said she would work.

will

would

can work.

She said she could work.

can

could

may work. may

She said she might work.

must/have to work.

She said she had to work.

must/have to

had to

Could, would, should

might do not change from

Here are some other words which change from direct to reported speech.

Direct speech

Reported speech

this/these

that/those there

today

that day

yesterday

the day before

tomorrow

the next/following day

last night

the night before

next (week/month/year)

the following (week/ month/year)

last (week/month/year)

the previous (week/ month/year)

a (week/month/year) ago

a (week/month/year)

before


direct to reported speech.

In reported speech, pronouns and possessive adjectives also change.

'I saw your brother.' Anna said .rke had seen my brother.

Reported speech — questions

FORM

The same changes occur with tenses, pronouns and other words as with reported statements. We do not use the auxiliary verb do in reported questions.

'Do you read novels?' She asked me if I read nøvels.

There is no inversion of subject and verb in reported

With say you do not need to use a personal object to say who you are saying something to. He said (...) he had been there.

With tell you must use a personal object to say who you are saying something to.

He toldJohvv he had been there.

USE

We use reported speech to report the words spoken by another person.

'There is nothing new in art except talent,' said Chekluv. ChekJuv said that there Was ptØthiny nzW in art except talent.

Reported questions are not real questions so they do not need question marks.

When there is no question word (who, what, how, why, etc.), we use if or whether.

questions.

Vocabulary

1                      Fiction comic • crime novel • fairy tale • fantasy • graphic novel • historical fiction • horror • play • romance science fiction ' thriller

2                      Non-fiction atlas • autobiography • biography • cookbook • encyclopaedia • guidebook • magazine manual ' newspaper textbook

3                      Phrasal verbs connected with reading and writing cross out • fill in • flick through • look up • read on read out • turn over

4                      Other words and phrases       page 142

'Are you OK?' She asked me if I Was OZ.

Reported speech - statements

1       Write the sentences in reported speech.

1 'I'm going to a concert next week,' my sister said 2 'I'll be late tomorrow,' Daniel told the teacher.

3      'This is my dictionary,' said Holly.

4      'I've always wanted to write stories,' said Sylvia.

Reported speech - questions

2       Write these questions in reported speech. 1 'Are you from Mexico?' she asked me.

2 'What time are you going to leave?' Jo asked Paul. 3 'Why were you crying?' I asked Katie.

4      'Have you ever read this book? the teacher asked me

/ 8 points

5      'There is going to be a concert in this room,' they told us.

6      'The play will start at 7 pm tomorrow,' they said.

7      'We haven't read any of your books,' the students told the writer.

8      'l wrote the article yesterday,' said the journalist.

/ 8 points

5      'Will you help me tomorrow?' Tom asked her.

6      'Did the doctor see Sam yesterday?' Abigail asked her dad.

7      'Do you know the answer to this question?' our teacher asked us.

Vocabulary revision

FICTION                                                            / 8 points

NON-FICTION                                                                                    / 9 points

1

Complete the sentences with the correct

2 Which type of book or publication is best in these

 

words.

situations?

 

story is often about dragons, trolls or other imaginary

1

You want to find out about the geography of a country.

 

creatu res.

2

You want to read about the life of a person, in his/her own

 

is an exciting story

 

words.

 

about spies and assassinations.

3

You want to find new ideas for dinner.

 

3 You can read a               or see it at a theatre.

4

You want to learn how to use your computer well.

 

is a story about people who fall in love.

5

You're going to Prague and want to know what to visit.

 

is usually about a

prince, a princess or a witch.

6

You want to know what's happening in the world today.

 

6 In                                            fiction, the story

7

You want to revise maths for an exam.

 

takes place in the past.

8

You want to find out information about lots of different

 

combines

 

topics, to write a quiz.

 

writing and art.

9

Once a month you want to read new articles and texts

 

story should be frightening,

 

with photographs and illustrations.

 

/ 7 points

PHRASAL VERBS CONNECTED WITH READING AND WRITING

image

image

3 Match the sentence halves.

1      I love this book, I want to read image    image               image               a them out to me in a loud voice.

2      When you finish that page, turn . image    image                b it out with a big X.

3      You have to fill .image image               c over and read the next one.

4      Because the text was difficult, I had to look image           image                image                d through it looking at the pictures.

5      I can't read what he wrote because he crossed image   imageimage               image                image               e up lots of words.

6      I looked at the magazine quickly. I flicked image               image                image                f in the answers on your sheet.

7      I want to hear your answers so please read image           image                image                g on tonight until I get to the end of it.

image

                                                                                                                         / 40 points           image         121

8      'How many pages does it have?' I asked Jo.

Vocabulary

Using a computer

1                Work with a partner. Match the words in the box with the technology in the picture.

hard drive • headset (headphones/microphone) flashdrive/pendrive • keyboard monitor/screen • mouse • mouse mat printer • scanner • speaker • tablet USB cable • USB port • webcam

2                62 Listen, check and repeat.

3                Match the sentence halves.

1       When you copy a document,

2       When you click on something with your mouse,

3       When you save something on a computer,

4       When you mal<e a hardcopy of a document,

5       When you cut and paste something, 6 When you log on/off, a you make it work.

b     you start/finish using a computer by giving some information (e.g. a password).

c      you keep the information that you put into it. d you make another one that is the same as the original.

e      you print it on paper.

f       you take it from one document and put it in another place or document.

The Internet

4                LISTENING' 63 Read and listen to this description by a teenager of how she uses the Internet. Check that you understand the wor s n re sea Icttonary necessary.

'I've got broadband so my connection to the Net is quite fast. I usually go online in the evenings, after I've finished my homework, but sometimes I use the Net for schoolwork, too. I surf the Net and look at my favourite websites (my homepage is a website about fashion). My favourite search engine is Google. I sometimes download music and films, but not often. I haven't got a blog but I chat online with my friends using a social networking website.'

unit mo

c d

b

h

n

5a PRONUNCIATION Look at these two sentences. Is download a verb or a noun in each sentence? 1 1 want to download this song. 2 The download didn't work.

5b 64 Listen to the two sentences. Is the pronunciation of download the same in each sentence?

5c     64 Listen again and choose the correct alternative.

1       In two-syllable verbs the stress is usually on the first/second syllable.

2       In two-syllable nouns the stress is usually on the first/second syllable.

6a SPEAKING Work with a partner. How often do you do these things (never, sometimes, often, very often)?

1       print documents or photos

2       scan documents or photos

3       use a webcam

4       go online and surf the Net

5       download music or films

6       read or write blo s

7       chat online

8       use social networking sites

6b SPEAKING Take it in turns to ask how often you do the different things. Are your answers similar?

How often do you print documents or photos?

Not often. I don't usually need to make hardcopies. I just make a copy on my flashdrive.


DanAina                                image

pproxma e y ow many we Sl es are ere a e momen

2 When did they invent it?     4 When did the Web become freely available to the public?

2 Read the article and find the answers to the quiz in 1.

THE COMPUTER THAT BEGAN IT ALL

A t the Science Museum in London. In 1993, CERN allowed the technology that if you've got a bright idea for photographers try to get pictures to be freely used by all. And, within the Web, you can make it happen. an old-fps.hioneß black computer a few years, millions of people You don't have to ask anyone. You and keyboard.-it-doesn•t look worldwide were using it. Now should just do it.

particularly special. But this computer there are more than 600 million But the Web is not perfect. Some was the machine that was used by websites worldwide and the web people think that the Internet British computer scientist Sir Tim has changed things forever. People reflects the best and worst of Berners-Lee to create the World Wide are able to access information and people. But whatever people think,

Web back in 1989.      share things in a way which was not  Sir Tim's old computer is going to the beginning, there was no big    possible before. It has provided a new be a star attraction at the Science plan to change the world. The  dimension of communication. And      Museum because the Web is so only idea was to improve    it's enormous. Billions of people    significant to people's lives. Many communication between     are online every day. Hundreds       people will want to see the first the thousands of scientists    of millions of messages and   Web server, the first machine in the working for CERN (the   pictures are sent and billions of    world to ever deliver a webpage. European Organisation for dollars are spent every day by Nuclear Research). Sir Tim was      online shoppers.

34-year-old physics graduate Today, Sir Tim believes working as a software engineer at CYRN we need to defend the

Switzerland in 1989. He saw the    principles_ that have made need for 'a universal linked information  the Web successful, and system' , a way of using networks of to continue expanding the computers Lo talk to each other. TO do possibilities of the Web. this, he created the first ever web browser.  The main principle is that This web browser became Lhe World     the Web should continue Wide Web. Sir Tim thought or Lhi.s name   to be free for everybody

1990. Before that, probably not very to use and participate in. seriously, he had considered the name Sir Tim is optimistic about The Information Mine, or 'I'.I.M. for short. its future. He still believes

of

-In

image
imagea in

in

3 Read the article again and choose the best answers.

1  People are taking photos of a computer at the

Science Museum because image image imagea it's very old.

b  a famous scientist uses it.

c  it has historic importance.

2  The original idea of the World Wide Web was ...imageimage

a to allow communication between a group of

b it is dangerous that everyone can use the World Wide Web. c everyone should be part of the future World

Wide Web.

5 The author thinks that image image imagea the Web is nothing special because it belongs to everyone.

b  the Web is a perfect invention.

c  Sir Tim's computer will be a popular exhibit.

computers. 4     THINKING b to make information free all around the worldimage

Think! Then compare ideas with your class. c to connect all the scientists in Switzerland.

image• How important do you think the Internet is 3 The World Wide Web has always .

in today's world? Explain your answer. a been free.

b been open for the whole world to use.

 

c had billions of users.

5 What do the underlined words in the text mean?

image

4 Sir Tim Berners-Lee believes that .image                                                                         image

Guess and then check in your dictionary.

a the future does not look good for the World

6 imageimageimage     imageimageSPEWNG What about you?

Wide Web.

How important is the Internet to you? Why?

                                                                                                                                                                                                        imageUnit 10image   123

Grammar in eonteyt presentation video.

ese-sentences rammaticall

.rhepasslve—present$lmpl la Look at these sentences. Which are active and which are

correct. not, rewrite t em.

passive?

1 Hundreds of millions of messages are sent every day.

What happens in an Internet minute?

2      People send hundreds of millions of messages every day.

3      Online shoppers spend billions of dollars.

 

More than 204 million emails are send.

4 Billions of dollars are spent by online shoppers.

 

Around 20 million photos is seen.

1 b Are these statements true or false?

 

More than 1.3 million videos watched.

1 We use the passive when we are more interested in the action

 

About 47,000 apps are downloaded.

than in the person who does it.

 

Music are played by hundreds of

2 We use the passive when we don't know who exactly does the action.

 

thousands of people.

3 We use the passive when it is obvious who does the action.

 

More than $83,000 spend in just one big

lc Complete the rules.

 

Internet store.

1 To make the present simple passive we use

Q

Hundreds of people open

past participle.

 

new social-networking accounts.

2 We use the preposition to introduce the agent, the person or thing which does the action.

GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 132

2 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the present simple passive.

BASIC GUIDE TO MAKING

SILICON CHIPS

1

Silicon

(find) in sand.

2

The silicon

(refine) to be 100% pure.

3

The pure silicon

(heat) and

(make) into small blocks called ingots.

4

The ingots

(cut) into very small pieces and

then later become thin chips.

5      Tiny components     (add) to the chips.

6      Eight hundred transistors (put) onto an area with the diameter of a human hair!

7      Special clothes and masks     (wear) by workers


8      Finally, the chips

Unit to

(send) to computer factories.

4

G

image

SSI agent only when necessary.

1      They make a lot of silicon chips in India.

2      They employ many people in the computer industry.

3      They invent amazing new technology every day. 4 Most new games consoles are created by Sony, Nintendo and Microsoft.

5       Millions of kids play computer games every day.

6       Some governments control the use of the Internet.

7       You don't need a password to enter this site.

OLIVE Oil

LEMONS

BOUANO

                                   MILAN                                                                     PLANE

TIJilNÄ

                                                  PARMA                                                     CAR INDUSTRY

                                                                       SAN                                      ICE HOCKEY

RUGBY4

                                                                IENA                                            TROPICAL FRUIT

                                                                              ROME                            CRICKET

                                                               SICILY            E INA

50 SPEAKING' Work with a partner. Look at the map of Italy and answer these questions. 1 What things are made?

2      What fruit and vegetables are grown?

3      What fruit and vegetables are not grown?

4      What         ical food is eaten? 5 What sports are played?

6 What things are exported? 7 What sport is not played?

5b SPEAKING, Work with a partner. Use the questions to talk about your country. Give as many details as possible (e.g. where exactly, how, when, who by )image

image

imageDevelooina vocabularv

1 Read the text. The words in italics frequently go with the word email. Which of the words below in red match these icons?

1

2

3

The other day I tried to (a) send an email to my cousin but it (b) bounced back. The email (c) address wasn't correct. The problem was that my cousin had recently changed his email (d) account. He'd sent me a message with his new email address but I had accidentally (e) (deleted it, so I didn't have it any more. I knew that one of my friends had my cousin's new email address so I sent my original email to my friend and asked her to (f) forward it to my cousin. The next day I was (g) checking my email and I saw that my cousin had (h) replied to my message.

2 Match five of the words in italics in 1 with these definitions.

1     an arrangement you have with an Internet company to use email account

2     when an email doesn't go to the person you send it to and it comes back to you

3     the letters, numbers and symbols you need to write to send someone an email

4     to see if you have any emails

5     to send an email on to somebody

p or Wit a partner. an answer these questions.

1      Have you got an email address? If so, how do you say it in English?

2      Do you have a free email account or do you pay?

3      When do you usually check your email?

4      How often do you delete the emails you receive? 5 Have any of your emails ever bounced back? Do you know why?


6 How much spam do you get via email?


imageunit toimage

_XPGateway to life skills: 'CT

ProtectinINT NET

yourselfo the

LIFE SKILLS OBJECTIVES

To think about social media profiles.

To think about good advice for safe social networking. To give advice to others about how to protect yourself online.

KEY CONCEPTS

social media [n]: She is an expert in social media, or the different ways people use new technologies to communicate. profile [n]: His personal profile gives the impression that he only likes sport and that he thinks he's better than everyone else. post [v, n]: I only post messages on the website when I have something important to say. share [v]: When you put a photo on a public website you share it with other people.

privacy [n]: She's famous but her privacy is important to her. She doesn't

talk about her private life in public.

SOCIAL NETWORKING TODAY

la Work with a partner. What can you do on social networking websites? Make a list of ideas. you can chat online.

1b 'SPEAKING) What do you think are good and bad things about using social networking websites?

magine you have applied for a job. Would you be happy for your future employer to look at

your social networking profile? No? Well, be

can communicate with all over the world.

image

You careful when you post online. people

The things we say and show are public and usually remain online for a long time. So when we apply to Yes, but you're probably giving information university or for a job, it is usually very easy for the to people that you don't know. university or company to find out lots of information

 

 

about us from our activity on social media. In some cases, this can be a positive thing. But in others it

2

READING Read this text and answer these questions.

may go against us. It all depends on how we look

 

1 What main problem with social networking does

after our online identity or profile.

 

the text talk about?

A survey in the US discovered that 43% of

 

2 Does the text say that social networking is always

all companies use social networking sites to

 

aood/alwavs bad/sometimes aood and sometimes

investigate job candidates. In 51% of these cases,

 

bad? Explain your answer.

the company has found information that has made them decide not to give the person the job. There are a number of different reasons why companies decided to reject the candidate after looking at their social networking profile. Typical reasons were:

imageThe candidate posted inappropriate photos or information (46%)

There was information about inappropriate behaviour (41%)

The candidate said something bad or appropri a-teabout-theirpreviou$emp

(36%)

The candidate had poor communication skills (32%)

The candidate made discriminatory comments

It became clear that the candidate had lied about their qualifications (25%)

image

image

mpaméS4ÄiéStiOåtéÄCåÄdidåtös———---—


social media profile?

2      Is it more common for this investigation to have a positive or negative consequence for the candidate?

3      What is the most common problem with a candidate's social media profile?

4      What can an employer discover about a person's qualifications by looking at social media?

5      In what different ways can your social media profile help you to get a job?

6      Why do companies look at social media to help them decide about a candidate?

 

4

Look at these words or expressions. They appear in a video giving advice about using social networking sensibly. Work with a partner. What do you think the advice will be?

NO JOB TOMORROW?

 

a Password 1234                             d The right age

However, some employers (33%) also noted that

 

b Keep it private                              e Kind words

they found information on social media sites that made a candidate more attractive or helped them

 

c Think first!

to decide to offer the candidate the job. They

5

LISTENING' 0 65 Watch or listen. Put the

mentioned these aspects as positive:

 

words and phrases in 4 in the order

The candidate gave a professional image

( 43 % )

 

that you hear them. Were your ideas in 4 right?

Their online profile helped to get a good

 

1                           3                          5

impression of their personality (46%)

The candidate showed that they had a good

 

2                           4

variety of interests (40%)

6

65 Watch or listen again. What advice do the

The infonnation confirmed that they had the

 

speakers give about ...

qualifications mentioned in their application

 

1 age limits?                                      4 good passwords?

(45%)

 

2 photos and videos?                5 being cruel?

The candidate was creative (36%)

The candidate showed great communication

 

3 phone numbers?

skills (40%)

7

 

7      What is the basic message of the text?

Other people made very positive comments about the candidate (30%)

The research suggests that companies are using social media to get an idea of candidates' behaviour and personality outside of the interview. That means that your social media profile needs to send out the right message.

                                                              (tice com reer          er


Work with a partner. What do you think of the advice in 6?

LIFE TASK

You want to give a presentation about te ctingyourself-on.$heuntern Follow this plan:

1      Work in a group. Think of more advice about safe use of social networking websites. Look for ideas on the Internet if necessary.

2      Organise your ideas in a logical way and decide what you are going to say for each point.

3      Decide what type of presentation you are going to give and create it. Include illustrations or graphics.

4      Give your presentation to the class.


127

Listenina                                   Grammar in context

The passive other tenses

KIPEDIA               Welcome to Wikipedia,

1 It was started in 2001.

'ee Encyclopedia             the free encyclopedia that in anyone can e&t'

2 In 2007, 1,700 articles were being added every day.

3,516,706 articles Englsh

3 Over 24 million articles have been written.

iage

Today's featured article

2nts

4 Articles are being changed as we speak.

Ired content                The Laplace-Runge-Lenz vector is a N

1b To change the tense in a passive sentence, do we

 

change the verb to be or the past participle?

2nt events                           of the orbit of one astronomical body atow

 

 

30m article two bodies interacting by Newtonian grav ate to Wikipedia it is the same no matter where it is calcu

 

GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 132

More generally, the I-RI. V

2

Change these sentences from active to passive.

1 'SPEAKING Work with a partner. What do you know about Wikipedia? Make notes. Use question words (who, what, why, etc.) for ideas.

 

1

Wikipedia has transformed traditional encyclopaedias.

AL encyclopaedia, free .

2 LISTENING' 0 66 Listen to a radio programme about Wikipedia. Did any of your ideas in

 

2

Sir Tim Berners-Lee didn't start Wikipedia

1 appear? Were they correct?

3 0 66 Look at this text about Wikipedia. It contains seven mistakes. Find and correct

 

3

They are changing Wikipedia articles at this moment.

the mistakes. Then listen again to check

 

4

Ordinary people have written most of the articles for

your answers.

Wikipedia is the sixth most popular website in the world. It has about 365 million readers.

 

 

Wikipedia.

It was started in 2001 by two Australians but it isn't written by them. Their original website became a 'wiki', a website that visitors can change and add information to. In 2007,

 

5

'Vandals' have ruined some Wikipedia articles.

approximately 170 articles were being added every day. 'Wiki Wiki' is an African expression which means 'quick'. Wikipedia

 

6

They were creating a Wikipedia for children

articles can change quickly when things change in the world. Some people think this is a problem, because articles aren't always correct. Biographies are the most popular

 

7

They have copied the article from Wikipedia.

topic. 40% of articles on Wikipedia are about geography and places. There are more than 280 different language versions of Wikipedia.

a total of over four million articles.

 

8

A famous scientist wrote a Wikipedia article last year,

4 What about you?

1 Do you ever use Wikipedia? When and what for?

 

 

technoiSer

2 Would you like to write an article for

Wikipedia? What would you write about?

 

 

-2*Oterhét

la Look at these passive sentences. What tense is each one?

unit to


3 Complete the text by filling in each space with one word.

image

In 2012, twenty tablets (a) image given to some children in Wenchi, (b) image is a poor village in Ethiopia. Nine months later, the children could say the alphabet in English and some could spell words. They weren't taught (c) imagea teacher because there are no teachers in the village. They (d) image, learned thanks to the tablets. The children's progress has (e) imageobserved by experts from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. It is part (f) imagea project to see if children (g) imageteach themselves to read with new technology. The project is for some of the poorest places (h) imagethe world, places where (i)image aren't any teachers or schools. One hundred million children around the world have no school or teacher. At this very moment, thanks to technology, something is (j) imagedone to help some of those children.

4a 'SPEAKING] Work with a partner. Look at these trivia questions. Do you know the answers?

image
2 They had the artides written by other people.

a      We use the expression have something done when we do an action ourselves/somebody does an action for us.image

b      The structure is have + object + gerund/east participle.

c       Have and get are/aren't similar in these sentences.image

d      We use by/with to introduce the person who does the activity for us.

e      We can/can't use have and get in any tense.

GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 132

6 Look at these pictures and the verb given. Write sentences about what the people had done last week.

image1

2

3

4

7a Are these questions correct? If not, rewrite them.

imageave you ever a Ixe yoimage

2      Where was the last World Cup played?       3 Do you like having your photo taken?

3      Who were Firework and Roar sung by?       4 When was the last time you had tested your eyes?

4      Who is the Xbox made by?

5      In which century was the Colosseum built?      7b Work with a partner. Ask and answer the correct questions.

4b With your partner, write five trivia questions in the passive. You must know the answers to all your questions.

4c Join another pair and ask them your questions. Who got the most correct answers?

                                                                                                                                                                                                                       image imageUnil 10imageimage

1 How often do you get your hair cut?

Davalnnina ena«kinel

1       SPEAKING Work with a partner. What similarities can you find between photos a and b? What differences are there?

2       USTENINGI 67 Listen to a student comparing and contrasting photos a and b. Does she mention any of your ideas in 1?

3       0 67 Put these expressions in the correct section in the Speaking bank. Which of the expressions did the student use? Listen again if necessary.

1       In this photo but/whereas in the other photo

2       Both of the photos show ...

9 SPEAKING BANK

Useful expressions to compare and contrast photos Comparing

One/Another (big/important) similarity

      Another thing they have in common is that .

Contrasting

One/Another (big/important) difference between the photos is

In this photo However, in the other photo .

      In contrast, .

4       Complete the sentences with words from the Speaking bank.

1       One important is that the people in the photos are all using computers.

2       photos show people working, either indoors or outdoors.

3       In the first photo the people seem serious, in the second they seem happier.

4       In this photo they're using computers for fun, in the other one they're using them for school work. 5 Another thing that they have in       is that they both show people in their free time.

6 This photo shows us an outdoor sport. In the other photo shows us people doing sport indoors.

EXAM SUCCESS

When you are describing photos, what can you do when you are not 100% sure of what you can see in the photo(s)?

EXAM SUCCESS page 146

PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT

5a Work with a partner.

Student A: Look at the two photos at the bottom of page 148. Student B: Look at the two photos at the top of page 148. Make notes about similarities and differences between the photos.

5b SPEAKING Take it in turns to talk for about a minute about your two photos. Then say which photo you prefer and


image

why. Use expressions from the Speaking bank to compare and contrast the photos.

Unit 10

2      image
Read these five text messages. What order were

they sent in?

 

9:36

We can't come

5

Use abbreviations to make these text messages shorter.

 

9:20

1

2

What are you doing at the weekend?

e±hc

Thanks for helping me with my homework.

 

K. CU g. PLS bring YR laptop.

CU L8R.

RU coming 2 do YR homework here 2nite?

R8. WOT time?

Send

84 8.

O

OK. Sarah

 

3

4

Can you come tomorrow to fix my computer?

You should be happy because your exam results are excellent.

tonight.

 

n Matt R

coming 2.

Back

Return

6 1 want to see you and Jo before I speak to the teacher tomorrow.

PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT

1

2

b

 

4

5

 

 

6c1 Look at the task and write a text message. use abbreviations and the Writing bank to help you.

to use t e nternet omorrow o piece of work for school, but your connection at

3      Write out the text messages in 2 as full sentences.          home doesn't work. Write a text message to a friend Use the information in 1 to help you.         asking if you can go to their house tomorrow to use 1 Are miny tÖ_dÖ.    tonight?           the Net.

WRITING BANK PAGE 151

2

3

6b Now give your message to your partner and

4      write a reply to their message. Keep sending 5    messages until you both know exactly when, where and why you are meeting and what you can do later.

             image     131


The passive

FORM

USE

Subject + be + past participle (+ by + agent)

We use the passive when:

Computers are made in China. (present simple)

we are more interested in

TIC Internet is being used by millions of people. (present continuous)

the action than the people

These computers have beevv used by NASA. (present perfect)

who do the action.

The Internet Was created in 1989. (past simple)

My computer has been fixed.

The Internet will be transformed in the future. (will)

we do not know who exactly does the action.

We make the passive with the appropriate tense and form of the verb to be and the      Her laptop has bezo sto[ew. past participle of the verb.

• it is obvious or understood To make object questions in the passive, we put the first auxiliary verb before the                who did the action. subject.

The criminal Was arrested at Is the match being sluvvw on TV?

5.30 pm. WIC Was the World Wide Web invented by?

• We use the preposition by to introduce the agent, that is, the person or thing which does the action.

image
have something done

FORM

Subject + have or get + object

+ past participle (by + agent) I yet my hair cut once every two months. (present simple)

He had cable IV installed. (past simple)

With this structure we make different tenses by changing the tense of have or get.

USE

We use have/get something done to talk about actions which we don't do ourselves; somebody or something does them for us. We often pay them to do this action. Get is slightly more informal.

I don't louw anything about computers so When I have a problem I have my computer fixed by a friend who studied computers at university.

We can use the preposition by to introduce the agent, that is, the person or thing which does the action. If it is not important who does the action, we do not put anything.

Vocabulary image

1 Using a computer

click on • copy • cut and paste • flashdrive • hardcopy • hard drive • headphones imageheadset • keyboard • log on/off • microphone • monitor • mouse • mouse mat • password • pendrive image printer • save • scanner • screen • speaker • tablet • USB cable and port • webcam

2   The Internet blog • broadband • chat online • download • homepage • online • search engine social networking • surf the Net • website

3   Collocations with email bounce back • check email • delete an email • email account • email address forward an email • reply to an email • send an email

4   Other words and phrases page 143

image

image

imageUnitiO

The passive present simple                                                                                                                  / 8 points


1       Write sentences in the present simple passive. 1 Computers/use/everywhere.

2       A lot of chocolate/eat/in the UK.

3       Shoes/not wear/in mosques

4       Portuguese/speak/in Brazil.

The passive — other tenses

5

6

7

8

2 Each sentence contains a mistake. Find the

4

mistake and rewrite the sentence correctly.

5

1 The song 'Thriller' was sang by Michael Jackson

6

2 The Champions League is won by Real Madrid

7

in 2014.

3 London is visited for thousands of people.

have something done

8

3 Write sentences with have/get something done.

3

1 My parents didn't paint the house. They .

4

2 He doesn't repair the car himself. He .

5

Vocabulary revision

/ 7 points

USING A COMPUTER

1       Match to make words or phrases.

b board c copy

e phones

6      web

7      mouse

THE INTERNET                                                                                       / 6 points

2       Read the definitions. Write the words.

1      look at various places on the Net

2      a computer program used for looking for information on the

               Internet                                g

3      a type of diary on a website that changes regularly I

4      connected to the Internet o

Fish/not sell/at the butcher's.

Cars/make/by robots in this factory,

This programme/watch/by thousands of people.

The New Year/celebrate/in many countries.

/ 8 points

The radio invented by Marconi.

Many products made in China nowadays.

The eclipse was saw by people around the world Oh no! His car has stolen.

The dog was been hit by a car yesterday.

/ 5 points

We didn't build the swimming pool ourselves. We

I didn't correct the text myself. .

She doesn't do her hair herself. She .

/ 6 points

COLLOCATIONS WITH EMAIL

account • address • bounce • check delete • forward • reply • send

1      When you get an email you should to it quickly.

2      When you get an email that you send to another person, you        it.

3      When you don't want an email, you

4      When emai's don't go to the correct address they back.

5      My email     is fredbloggs@bloggs.co.uk.

6      When I go online, I

3 Complete the sentences with six of the words in the box.


5      move information to your computer from the Internet

w

6      the first place that you choose to appear on your screen when you connect to the Internet

imageTotal:image

my email.

/ 40 points          image

TIP FOR READING EXAMS

In reading activities where you complete a text with missing sentences, remember

When you finish, check the activity by reading the text with your answers in the correct place. Do the sentences go together logically? Do words like this or it make sense?

EXAM SUCCESS page 146

1 Read the text quickly. What is the connection between studying and the Internet in the text?

There are tens of thousands of websites where you can buy essays. With most essay-writing companies, students pay per word. Sometimes they pay per page. Some companies offer to write a special, personalised essay, but at an extra cost. You can also pay extra for faster essays.

3,500 specialists are employed by his company. They have written more than 15,000 essays for students. The company made €90,000 in just one week in May. Thanks to his company, Littlewood has a Ferrari and a Lamborghini in his garage. Universities say that the UK's academic reputation is suffering because of online essay companies, and education experts have predicted that schools will have to stop continuous assessment and start doing more exams again,

He says he simply offers them a guide. 'The essays are a starting point. Students use them to create their own work, Students analyse our answers and then they write their own. We're just showing them how to write a great essay.'

As one teacher replied: 'The suggestion that these essays are used by students as 'guides' is crazy and dishonest. We need to do something to stop it.' Many colleges and universities now have software which allows teachers to check if students are copying from five billion web pages. Many universities have somebody doing this full-time. 'It's not a question of catching people and punishing them. It's a question of helping students to understand what education really is. Education is research and investigation, In the end, the students who are using these services are just not learning the skills they need for their studies or for the rest of their lives.'

134                 Units 9-10

2      Put these sentences in the correct place in the text. There is one extra sentence that you do not need.

A      Barclay Littlewood is the owner of one online essay-writing organisation.

B      However, Internet cheating is now an enormous problem for schools and universities and it might make them go back to older, more traditional methods.

C       Millions of pounds are spent each year on Internet cheating.

D      But teachers are not convinced that students are using them in this way.

E       Barclay Littlewood, on the other hand, says he doesn't help students to cheat.

3      Read the text again and choose the best answers.

1      The price of a basic online essay usually depends on ...

a who writes it.

bwhat the subject is.

c  how long it is.

2      Barclay Littlewood is .

aa businessman.

ba writer of online essays.

c  an ex-teacher

3      Educational specialists think that online cheating will .

achange the way teachers teach. b change the way teachers assess students.

c make it easier for students to pass exams.

4      Barclay Littlewood says .

a      students shouldn't just give teachers the essay that they buy.

b      he is helping students to copy work.

c       his objective is to help students get the best marks.

5      The text says that teachers .

a have no way of knowing if students are copying essays.

In ec no ogy o tn peop e who are cheating.

c want to make cheats suffer.

4 SPEAKING What about you?

What do you think about buying online essays?


image

The National Geographic means (2) An SMS can only have Society began in 1888 with (3) characters, or letters, from the just a few members and

Latin alphabet. The first SMS was sent by a man who

     now it is one of the largest                                                                                                                                                                                4

was working for Vodafone. The first ever SMS was scientific and educational

At first, you couldn't send SMS to organisations (1) people who were with a (5)          That stopped the world. It was created           -1 ,

      (2)                           a group of                                                                                                       (7)                           made SMS

33 teachers, explorers and popular because it was (8) to text than to 4 businessmen (3) 1 3th January 1888, make a phone call. in Washington, D.C. They met to talk about their 9-10

                                                                                                                        'CAN DO' PROGRESS CHECK UNITS                        CEF

interest in geography. Later that year, the first edition of the National Geographic Magazine was published 1 How well can you do these things in English now? Give yourself a mark

The articles and reports were (4) by from 1 to 4. professors but they weren't very interesting for people

      (5)                          weren't experts in geography. But                                            1 = I can do it very well.

      then (6)                          magazine became easier to read.                                   2 = I can do it quite well.

3 = I have

It started to have more photos. Some amazing photos               some problems. I can't do it. have (7)         printed in the magazine. When a I

      you flick (8)                          the magazine today you can                           can talk about what other people have

image
said or asked using reported speech. still see many spectacular photos. So if one day you b I can talk about books and reading. need to (9) up some information about

c i can identify information in an interview geography for a school project, why not pick up a copy about books and films.

     of National Geographic?                                                                             d I can give a presentation about a book.

e I can write a story and make it interesting. Speaking      f I can describe actions using different forms of the passive and have something done.

TIP FOR SPEAKING EXAMS g I can talk about computers and the Internet. When comparing and contrasting photos, h I can identify information in a newspaper

            You can talk about similarities, not just differences.                                    I can compare and contrast photos.

                                                             EXAM SUCCESS page 146                     j I can write a simple text message.                                 4

2 Now decide what you need to do next to 6a Look at the photos on page 148 for a few improve. minutes. Think about similarities and differences between the photos. Make notes if you want but 1 Look again at my bool</notes. do not write complete sentences. 2 Do more practice exercises.

WORKBOOK Units 9 and 10 6b 'SPEAKINB Work with a partner. Talk together and 3 Ask for help. compare and contrast the photos. Which photo 4 Other: do you prefer and why?


Units 9-10

WarAIie*• I Ini+e

temperature (n)

Other words and phrases toothache (n) /l tu:0e1k/ accommodation (n)image

                                                                                                                                                             virus (n)        /'valros/

area (n)                /'eorio/ Compound nouns artificial (adj)imageconnected with health and audience (n) /l o:dions/                medicine based (adj) /bust/        first aid (n)          'eld/ block (n)    /blDW   food poisoning (n) /l fu:d body language (n) /lbDdi Ilæ1jgw1d3/ health centre (n) / l he10 character (n)imageheart attack (n) *   Oltæk/ closely (adv)       /l klousli/              painkiller (n) co-exist (v) /lkoulg l zlst/       waiting room (n) /l weltll]

collect (v)        /ké llekt/

Other words and phrases

concentrated (adj) action (n) imageconfusion (n)

image


data (n) /l delto/ detailed (adj) /l di'atelld/ do business (phr) [du.' I blznos/ experiment (n) image/lk l sperrmont/ explanation (n) imagefascinating (adj) image/'fæslneltllj/ fold (v) /foold/ gesture (n) imageimpolite (adj) * /,lmpo l lalt/ insecure (adj) imageinterview (n) imagemain (adj) /meln] manga comic (n) /lmæogo Ikomrk/ map (n) /mæp/ map (v) * /mæp/ multinational company (n)

image

nod (v) /nod/ non-verbal (adj) {non imageimageNorth America (n) imageo i merjko/ origin (n) / I Dr1d31n/ peace (n) /pi:s/ polite (adj) * /po l lalt/ prepare (v) imagepublic (adj) /lpnbllk/ rainbow (n) * /lrelnlbou/

region (n) imagesecure (adj) imageseries (n) /l slori:z/

•tee      image

imageelbow (n)               /l elbou/ face (n) /fe1S/ finger (n) imagefoot (n)     /fot/ forehead (n)                /l forld/, imagehand (n) /hænd/ head (n)                 /hed/

image

hip (n)    /h1P/ knee (n) imageleg (n)          /leg/ mouth (n)    /ma00/ neck (n)   /nek/ nose (n)      /nouz/ shoulder (n) imagestomach (n)          / l stAmok/ thigh (n)            /0a1/ throat (n)    /0rout/

toe (n) /too/ wrist (n) /rrst/

Health problems and illnesses broken (adj)   /'brookon/ cold (n)              /koold/ cough (n) /kDf/

earache (n) / l lorelk/ flu (n) * /flu'./

bandage (n) /Ibænd1d3/ bleed (v) /blild/

blood (n)           /blAd/

breathe (v)          /bri',ö/

cancer (n)image

collapse (v) /ko l læps/ common (adj) /l komon/

compression (n) /kom'preJ(o)n/ conscious (adj) /l konJos/

cure (n)image

cushion (n) imagedouble (n) imageelevation (n) imageget rid of (v) "get 'rid DV/ ground (n)    /graund/ healthy (adj)      /l he10i] hit (v)   /hlt/ ice rink (n) /l a1S Irlljk/

increase (v)         /lnl kri:s/ injury (n)            /1 1nd30ri/ insufficient (adj) imagelaw (n)          1/101/ lie down (v phr) image/llal I daun/ list (n)            /11St/ medicine (n)image

moment (n)          /lmoumont/ note (n)           /nout/


period (n) /lploriod/ physical (adj)imagedocumentary (n)


promote (v) image/pre l mout/        drama (n)            / i dra:mo/ pushchair (n) image               film (n) [film/ recent (adj)imagegame show (n) /l gelm IToo/ recovery position (n)              live (adj)               /larv/ /rl               poimageprogramme (n) /l prougræm/ remedy (n)               /lremadi/             reality show (n) /ri l æloti ITOU/ right angle (n) Traitimageremote control (n)image

scene (n)             /si:n/     konltrool/ scientific (adj)               /,salon l tlflk/      series (n)              /l snri:z/ serious (adj)      /'snrios/               soap (n)                /soup/ simple (adj)imagesports programme (n)

imageimage Iprougræm/ skin (n)        /skln/ the news (n)              /öo I nju:z/ sore (adj) imageturn/switch on/off (v phr) imagesuntan (n) /'srm,tæn/

imageimageIon/lDf/ survey (n)image

Gateway to exams: Units 3-4

imageimageimageTV presenter (n) /lti: I vi: imagetight (adj)         /talt/ tip (n)        /t1P/     Adjectives describing TV unconscious (adj) * /An'konlos/ programmes well-being (n) /,wel I bi,'10/               awful (adj) imageboring (adj) /Ibo:r11J/ cool (adj)             /ku:l/ exciting (adj)          /1k l sa1t11J/ active (adj)               /'æktlv/ funny (adj)         / l fAni/ acupuncture (n) imageinformative (adj) * imageat sea (phr) /æt I si:/ interesting (adj)               /'mtrostrrj/ moving (adj)               / l mu:v11J/ brain (n) image/brem/ case (n) image/kels/ popular (adj) imagescary (adj) * /l skeori/

drug (n) image/drAg/

dry (adj) image/dral/ Adjectives ending in -ing hygiene (n) / l ha1d3i:n/ and -ed

imageimageOther words and phrases a bit (adv) 10 I blt/

addict (n) * / l ædlkt/ admire (v) imageanniversary (n) imageappear (v) imageburn (v) imagecelebrity (n) * /sa l lebrati/ cheap (adj) /tfi:p/ coast (n) /koost/ complete (adj) /kam l plilt/ edit (v) / l edlt/

end up (v phr) Lend I AP/ fame (n)   /ferm/

invent (v) /mlvent/ invention (n) imagejourney (n) imagelazy (adj) /'lelzi/ leave school (phr) /lli:v I sku:l/ lifestyle (n) / l lalf,stall/ lottery (n) / I lDtori/ miss/cut class (phr) /,m1s/IkAt I kla:s/ model (n) imagemodelling agency (n)

image

nature programme (n) / l neltfo(r) ,prougræm/ negotiate (v) /m l gouliert/ Norway (n) imageoperation (n)image


phenomenon (n) poet (n) / l paölt/ population (n) professional (adj) qualification (n)

                                                                         imageca as rop e n imageoimageIou a ES     *               1 no IS

Geographical features

image

mechanic (n)

/ml l kænlk/

beach (n)           /bi',tT/

climate (n)        /l klmmot/

nurse (n) image image image                   image

image

jungle (n) * image image image image image

 

 

lake (n)        /lelk/

extinct (adj) * /lk l stlljkt/

image

Personal qualities

mountain (n)          / l mauntln/

formal (adj) image image image     image image

 

mountain range (n) /'mauntm ,remd3/

fuel-efficient (adj) /l fju:ol image  image image image image image image image                                                  image image

ambitious (adj)    /æm l blfrs/

ocean (n) image image image image image image image image

go up (v phr) {goo I AP/

bright (adj)        /bralt/

rainforest (n) * /l relnlforlst/

greenhouse gases (n PI)

calm (adj)    /kQ',m/

river (n) image image image image image image image image

/ l gri:nhaus ,gæsrz/

caring (adj) /l keor11J/

sea (n)          /si:/

hole (n)          /hool/

clever (adj) image image image image image image image image image

valley (n)          / l væli/

impact (n)           /l lmpækt/

confident (adj) image image image image image image image

 

indirectly (adv) /lindo l rektli/

creative (adj)      /kril eltlv/

The environment

level (n) image image image image image image image

fit (adj)        /flt/

drought (n) /draut/

litre (n) image image image image imageimage image image image

hard-working (adj) image

environment (n)           /ln l vmronmont/

peas (n PI) * /pi:z/

image

flood (n)        /flAd/

petrol (n)      "petrol/

patient (adj) image image image image image image image image

global warming (n) image

planet (n)       / l plænlt/

reliable (adj) image image image image image image image image

image

plant (n)           /pla:nt/

sensitive (adj)        /l sensotlv/

greenhouse effect (n) /l gri:nhaos

primary (adj)       /l pralmori/

sociable (adj)image image image image image image

llfekt/

rail (n)          /rell/

strong (adj)         /strm/

melt (v)        [melt/

reduce (v)        /rl l dju:s/

well-organised (adj)

nuclear disaster (n)

remote (adj)    /rl l mout/

    "wel image image imageimage image image image image image image

oil spill (n) [1 011 ISPII/

secondary (adj) image image image image image image image                image

Compound adjectives

ozone layer (n) /l aozoon image image image image image image image    image

seed (n) image image image image image imageimage imageimage

badly-paid (adj) /lbædli I peld/

pollution (n)image image  image image imageimage         image              image

survive (v) image image image image image image image

blue/brown/green-eyed (adj)

recycle (v) /ri:image  image image image image image image image image

sustainable energy (phr)

/ l blu:/ l braon/ l grim Aid/

save (v)         /serv/

image

easy-going (adj) /li:zi I goull)/

waste (n & v)                 /welst/

technology (n)           /tek l nDlod3i/

full-time (adj)     /I fUl Italm/

 

tile (n) /tall/

good-looking (adj) "god image        image image image image image

Different uses of get

variety (n)          /vo lra10ti/

part-time (adj) image Italm/

arrive (v)         /o l rmv/

vault (n) /vo'.lt/

right/left-handed (adj)

become (a process or change of

 

/,ralt/lleft l hændld/

imageimageimageimageimageimage                          desert (n)imagecorridor (n)                                                                               plumber (n)image

charge/recharge (a mobi e phone) (v)

i rarian (n) * /lal 'breorion/

forest (n) /lforlst/ definitely (adv) police officer (n) ice cap (n) /l a1S Ikæp/ electrical (adj) receptionist (n) island (n) /l allond/ electricity (n) shop assistant (n) Plop imageenergy (n) vet (n) /vet/

Gateway to exams: Units 5-6

bring (v)          /brll]/

extreme (adj)      /lk l stri:m/

well-off (adj) [wel I Df/

obtain/buy (v)          /ob l tem/bal/

informative (adj) *image image image image image image imageimage image image image

well-paid (adj) "wel Ipeld/

        state) (v)                                                                     /b1 1 kAm/well-known (adj) [wel 'noun/

 

space exp ora ton n

 

 

 

—....-receiv

Other words and phrases

   / l speis image image  image image image image image image

application (n) image              image              image              image               imageautograph (n) image image              image               image

image

imagealtitude (n) /l æltlltju:d/ imageasteroid (n) / l æsta,rold/background (n) /l bæk,graond/

atmosphere (n) image image image image image         image                        image

Jobs and work

bungee jumping (n)

bulb (n) * /bAlb/

builder (n) image image image image image image image image

/ I bAnd3i: Id3nmp11]/

carbon dioxide emissions (phr)

 

contact details (n) /l kontækt Idi:tellz/

fashion designer (n)

imageimagedallDksa1dimageCV/Curriculum Vitae (n) [six I vi:/ carbon footprint (n)ko,rlkjolom I vi:tal/

imageIfutprmt/


I I nite

diver (n) employed (adj) hm l p101d/ employee (n) /1m l p101i:/, / I emp101 1i:/ employer (n) equipment (n) /l l kwmmont/ extra (n) / l ekstro/ gas (n) /gæs/ get dressed up (phr) "get drest AP/ heights (n PI) /haltz/ highly (adv) Phalli/ historical fiction (n)

hunt (v)                /hAnt/ impression (n) interpersonal (adj)

interpreter (n) magazine (n) /lmægo l zi:n/ manual (adj) * / l mænjuol/ member (n) mentally (adv) mixture (n) motivate (v) /l moutlvelt/ obligation (n) paperwork (n) problem-solving (n) /l problom FDIv11J/ prohibition (n) qualifications (n PI)

quality (n) / l kwoloti/ repair (v) rickshaw (n) / l r1kJo:/ scene (n) /si:n/ service (n) shout at (v phr) / l Jaot æt/ skill (n) /skll/ society (n) /so l santi/ solution (n) sorts (n PI) spy (n) /spal/ suit (v) /su:t/ take orders (phr) /ltelk teamwork (n) train (v) /treln/ transferable (adj) treat (v) /tri:t/ unambitious (adj) /,Anæm Ib1Tos/ unemployed (adj) /lAn1m l p101d/ Friendships circle of friends (phr) / ov I frendz/ classmate (n) close friend (phr) /,klous I frend/ fall out (with somebody) (v phr) /If0'.l 'aot/ get on well (with somebody) (phr) "get on lwel/ hang out (with) (v phr) /ihæ1J l aut/ have arguments (with somebody) (phr) /,hæv have in common (v phr) /lhæv In I komon/ make (it) up (v phr) /lmelk I AP/ see eye to eye (phr) /si: tux al/

Feelings anger (n) boredom (n) excitement (n) /lk l saltmont/ fear (n) happiness (n) / l hæpinos/ loneliness (n) / llounlinos/ sadness (n) * /'sædnes/

Adjectives afraid (adj)         /o lfreld/ angry (adj)            /l æogri/ bored (adj)            /bo:(r)d/ excited (adj)         /lk l saltld/ happy (adj)           /l haepi] lonely (adj)            /l loonli/ sad (adj)                 /sæd/ Noun suffixes freedom (n)     / lfri:dom/ friendship (n) illness (n)     /'llnos/ kingdom (n)            / I k11Jdom/ leadership (n)

relationship (n) weakness (n)    / l wi:knos/

Other words and phrases beat (v)           /bi:t/ carry on (v phr) /lkæri I on/ club (n)               /klAb/ competitive (adj)               /koml petotlv/ criticise (v) /l krltlsmz/ disconnected (adj) /ldlsko l nektld/ expectation (n) fall in love (phr) /lfo:l m I IAV/ fault (n) /fo:lt/ feel part of (phr) /lfi:l DV/ forever (adv) ideal (adj) /al l dlol/ isolated (adj) /l arsolleltld/ keep on (v phr) /lki:p 'on/ leaflet (n) / l lifflot/ locally (adv) marks (n PI) occasion (n) official (adj) personality (n) primary school (n) * /l prarmori replace (v) /rl l plers/ river bank (n) / l rlvo(r) lbæok/ romance (n) * /roo l mæns/ safety (n) /l selfti/ secondary school (n) / I                        ISku'al/ section (n) share (v) sharp (adj) shocked (adj) * /JDkt/ silence (n) /l sallons/ slap (v) * /slæp/ stick (n) /stlk/ subway (n) /I sAb,we1/ sudoku (n) /su l dooku:/ take part in (phr) /ltemk m/ unofficial (adj) voluntary (adj) wet (adj) /wet/

Gateway to exams: Units 7-8

alternative (n) usiness n              rzno.• generation (n)


141

Wordliet: Unite 0-1 n

image Unit 9                                  image Unit 10

Fiction comic (n) /l komlk/ crime novel (n) / l kralm imagefairy tale (n) /'feeri itell/ fantasy (n) /l fæntosi/ graphic novel (n) /,græflk imagehistorical fiction (n)

horror image(n)image

play (n)            /plel/ romance (n) /rou'mæns/ science fiction (n) imagethri I ler (n)image

Non-fiction atlas (n) /l ætlos/ autobiography (n)image

imagebiography (n) * /bal l ogrofi/ cookbook (n) /l kuk,bok/ encyclopaedia (n) * /m,salklo l pixdio/ guidebook (n) */l galdlbok/ magazine (n) imagemanual (n) / l mænjuol/ newspaper (n) textbook (n)

imagePhrasal verbs connected with reading and writing cross out (v phr) /lkrns I aot/ fill in (v phr) /lfll 1 m/ flick through (v phr) /lfllk I Oru:/ look up (v phr) /IlUk I AP/ read on (v phr) "rild I on/ read out (v phr) l aut/ turn over (v phr) imageOther words and phrases action (n) imageadaptation (n) author (n)

award (n) back cover (n) /lbæk bestseller (n) [best billionaire (n) blurb (n) browse (v) * /brauz/

142

congratulations (n PI) *

image

imagecontract (n) /l kontrækt/ creature (n) dramatically (adv) enter (a competition) (v) / I ent imageevil (adj) imagefrequently (adv) /lfri:kwontli/ giant (adj) /'dsmont/ guard (n) imageintrigue (n) /l lntri:g/ judge (n) /d3Ad3/ main (adj) /meln/ matter (v & n) imagenatural (adj) imagenightmare (n)

novel (n) on sale (phr) /,on 'sell/ pound note (n) /,paund I ngot/ predator (n) imagepresentation (n)

prison (n) imageprologue (n) /'proulog/ publisher (n) imageracing car (n) /lre1s11Jimage

raise (v)                /relz/ recipe (n)                 /l resopi/ related (adj)     /rl l leltld/ repetitive (adj) /rl'petofiv/ risk (v)                 /rlsk/ science laboratory (n) / I salonsimage

separate (v) /'seporelt/ serious (adj) /l slorios/ significance (n) /slg l mflkons/ step (n) /step/ storm (n) /sto:(r)m/ talent (n) /'tælent/ technique (n) /teklni:k/ trilogy (n) / I tr110d3i/ visible (adj) imageyouth (n & adj)image

Using a computer click on (v phr) / l kllk on/ copy (v) / l kDPi/ cut and paste (v) /lkAt on(d) I pe1St/ flashdrive (n) /l flælldralv/ hard drive (n) Idrarv/ headset (n) / l hedlset/ headphones (n PI) /l hedlfounz/ keyboard (n) * imagelog on/off (v phr) /JDg I on/ l Df/ make a hardcopy (phr) /tmerk o imagemicrophone (n) * / l malkro,foun/ monitor (n) imagemouse (n) /maus/

mouse mat (n) /l maus ,mæt/

password (n) imagependrive (n) / lpenldralv/ print (v)   /prmt/ printer (n) imagesave (v)             /se1V/ scanner (n) * imagescreen (n)        /skri:n/ speaker (n) imagetablet (n)       / l tæblot/ USB cable (n) /lju.' es 'bilimage

USB port (n) /lju: es Ibi'. imagewebcam (n) /l weblkam/

The Internet blog (n & v) /blog/ broadband (n) / l bro:dlbænd/ chat/go online (phr) /ltlæt/ I goo on 'lam/

download (n) / l daon,loud/ download (v) /ldaon l loud/ homepage (n) / l hoom,pe1d3/ search engine (n) image ,end31n/ social networking (n) /lsoolol imagesu              ) o 'net imagewebsite (n)         /'web,salt/

Collocations with email

bounce back (v phr) /lbaons I bæk/ check email (phr) /ltTek l i'.mell/


/ lni+                                                                                                    image

email account (n) /'i:mell 01kaunt/ email address (n) /l i:mell Oldres/ forward an email (phr) / imageon l i:rnell / reply to an email (phr) /rl,plal to on li:mell / send an email imageon limell/

Other words and phrases abbreviation (n) imageaccess (v) / l ækses/ apply (v) /o l plal/ available (adj) imagebrowser (n) /'braozo(r)/ candidate (n) /l kændldelt/, /lkændldot/ comment (n) /'koment/ cruel (adj) /l kru:ol/ defend (v) /dl lfend/ diameter (n) imagediscriminatory (adj) imagedocument (n) /'dokjomont/ expand (v) /lkl spænd/ for short (phr) /fo(r) imagego against (v phr) /,gou o l genst/ graduate (n) /I græd3uot/ graphic (n) /'græflk/ grow (v) /groW identity (n) /al l dentlti/ image (n) /1 1m1d3/ inappropriate (adj) /llno l proupriot/ mask (n) /mo:sk/ media (n) /lmi:dio/ network (n) imageold-fashioned (adj) image/ IOUld imageoriginal (n) imagepost (v & n) /poost/ principle (n) imageprofile (n) /lpraufall/

reference (n) imageremain (V) /l*l l mem/

image

image
software engineer (n)

image

Gateway to exams: Units 9-10

(alphabet) characters (n)

image

Latin alphabet (n) /Jætm l aelfobet/ pick up (v phr) /,P1k IAP/

SMS (Short Message Service) (n)

Les em es                    Imes1d3

143


Exam success

unn

READING: MULTIPLE-CHOICE

ACTIVITIES

Step 1 : Read the text quickly to get a general understanding.

Step 2: Read all the answers carefully. Sometimes the difference between two answers is just one word. Step 3: Find the section of the text where you think each answer comes and read it again slowly, in more detail. Step 4: If you aren't 100% sure which answer is best, take away any answers which you know are not correct. Step 5: When you finish, check that you have an answer for each question.

Never leave answers blank in an exam.

SPEAKING: INFORMATION ROLE-PLAYS If you don't understand what the examiner or your partner says, ask them in English to repeat or to speak more slowly. Use expressions like: 'Sorry, can you say that again?' or, 'Sorry, could you speak more slowly?' Listen to your partner and the examiner. In a conversation we speak and listen.

Show that you're interested in what the other person is saying. Use expressions like: 'Really?' 'That's interesting.' 'Do you?' , 'Me too.'

Use 'Well', 'Hmm' or 'Let me think' to give you time to think of what you want to say next.

Use basic question words like

Who? What? When? Where? How? Why? to help you think of more questions to keep the conversation going.

Unit 4

READING: MATCHING ACTIVITIES LISTENING:TRUE/FALSE/NOT

MENTIONED ACTIVITIES

Step 1: Read the questions before you listen. They can give you ideas about the topic of the text and the vocabulary you are going to hear. Step 2: You can usually hear the recording twice. Try not to panic if you do not understand information the first time. If you don't hear the answer to one question, start listening immediately for the answer to the next question.

Step 3: Use the second listening to find the answers you didn't hear the first time and to check the answers you already have.

Step 4: When you finish, check that you have an answer for each question.

Never leave answers blank in an exam.

WRITING: KNOWING ABOUT

EVALUATION

In exams it is important to know how many marks there are for different sections and to know what the examiners want. Usually examiners want to see if you:

answer the question and include the information they ask for write clearly organise your ideas logically use accurate and varied grammar use accurate and varied vocabulary use punctuation and capital letters correctly

USE OF ENGLISH: MULTIPLE-CHOICE

CLOZE ACTIVITIES

Step 1 : Read the complete text without thinking about the gaps. This helps you to get a general understanding of the text.

Step 2: Before you look at the answers that they give you, think about the type of word you need (noun, verb, pronoun, article, etc.) and the general meaning.

Step 3: Read the answers that they give you. Choose the one which you think is best. Look very carefully at the words which come just before and after the gap. Do they help you to find the answer?

Step 4: If you aren't sure which answer is right, take away any answers which you know are not correct. Step 5: Read the sentence again with your answer in the gap. Step 6: When you finish, check that you have an answer for each question.

Never leave answers blank in an exam.

SPEAKING: KNOWING ABOUT

EVALUATION

In exams it is important to know how many marks there are for different sections and to know what the examiners want. Usually examiners in speaking exams want to see if you: communicate successfully speak fluently use accurate and varied grammar use accurate and varied vocabulary pronounce words clearly


In this type of activity, you have to say which text or part of a text contains a piece of information. Read all the texts or parts of the text quickly to get a general understanding.

Step 2: Read the piece(s) of information that you need to find. Look for key words that help you to find the text or part of the text which contains the information.

Step 3: Read that specific text or part of the text again in more detail.

    ep         you are no                 a you ave oun              e corre answer, rea ot er sections again In more etai .

Step 5: When you finish, check that you have an answer for each question. Never leave answers blank in an exam.

WRITING: CONTENT AND STYLE

When a question tells you to put information in your text, you lose marks if you do not include the information. You can use your imagination but you must remember to include all the information in the instructions.

When you write letters, messages and notes it is essential to write in the correct style. When you write to a friend, use contractions and informal expressions. When you write a formal or semi-formal letter, message or note, do not use contractions or informal language. If your letter is grammatically correct but not in the correct style, you lose marks.


LISTENING: IDENTIFYING THE SPEAKER ACTIVITIES In this type of activity you match different speakers with the things they say.

Step 1: Before you listen, think about the topic of what you are going to listen to. This will help you to predict ideas and words that could appear in the recording. Step 2: Read the questions to know how many speakers there are and what they may say.

Step 3: When you listen, remember that in the listening text the speakers will probably express the same ideas using different words and expressions. Thinking of synonyms for the words in the statements can help you to identify the answers.

Step 4: Don't worry if you don't understand everything the first time you listen. Usually you listen twice. Use the second listening to find the answers you didn't hear the first time and to check the answers you already have.

SPEAKING: NEGOTIATING

In negotiating activities, you usually work with another person. The examiner explains a situation where you and the other speaker need to come to a decision.

In this type of exercise, remember that there isn't usually a right or wrong answer. Basically, the examiner wants to hear you speaking English. If you can't think of something to say: Ask your partner a question like What do you think? This gives you time to think of what you can say next. Use fillers like Well, Hmm or Let me think to give you time to think of what you want to say next.

Don't be afraid to say something you think is obvious.

Give full explanations for your opinions and ideas.

Listen to what your partner or the examiner is saying. In a conversation we speak and listen.

If you don't understand what the examiner or your partner is saying, ask them in English to repeat or to speak more slowly. Use expressions like: Sorry, can you say that again? or, Sorry, could you speak more slowly?

Unit 7

READING: TRUE-FALSE ACTIVITIES

Step 1: Read the text quickly to get a general understanding Step 2: Read the sentences that you need to prove true or false.

Step 3: Find the parts of the text where the information comes. Read them again in more detail.

Step 4: If there is no information to say if a sentence is true, mark the statement false.

each question. Never leave answers blank in an exam.

USE OF ENGLISH: SENTENCE TRANSFORMATION ACTIVITIES In this type of activity you have a sentence and you must complete a second sentence so that it means the same as the original sentence. In some exercises you must use a word that they give. in this case, you cannot change the form of this word. Generally you can only use between two and five words, including the word they give you.

Step 1: Read the original sentence carefully. Think about the meaning of the sentence, the type of structure(s) used, the tense(s) used, etc.

Step 2: If they give you a word, think about its meaning. Think also about the grammatical function of the word. Does it always or usually go with another word or tense?

Step 3: Write your sentence. Step 4: When you finish, check that you:

      have not changed the meaning of the original sentence. • have not changed the form of the word they gave you.

      have not used more that the maximum number of words permitted.

WRITING: EXAM CONDITIONS

When you write in exam conditions, you cannot usually use a dictionary or grammar book. If you do not know a word, think of a similar word or a more basic or general word. Do not leave a gap or write the word in your own language. If necessary, change what you were going to say.

If you are not sure how to use a grammatical structure, think of a different way to say the same thing.

Answer the question. You might not get any points if you don't answer the question properly.

Pay attention to the maximum and minimum number of words in the instructions. Plan and organise your essay before you write and check it carefully for mistakes when you finish.

LISTENING: MULTIPLE-CHOICE

Step 1: Read the different answers before you listen. They can give you ideas about the topic of the text and the vocabulary you are going to hear in it. Remember that sometimes the difference between two answers is just one word.

Step 2: You usually hear the recording twice. Try not to panic if you do not understand information the first time. If you don't hear the answer to one question, start listening imme 'ate y ort e answer to t e next question Step 3: Use the second listening to find the answers you didn't hear the first time and to check the answers you already have.

Step 4: When you finish, check that you have an answer for each question. Never leave answers blank in an exam.


SPEAKING: REPORTING ACTIVITIES

In this type of activity you have to talk about something (real or imaginary) that happened in the past. You may need to speak alone or have a conversation with the examiner or another student.

Remember to use past tenses correctly. We use the past simple for completed activities in the past. The past continuous is for activities in progress at a moment in the past. We can use it to describe scenes in the past. The past perfect is for activities that happened before other activities in the past. Used to is for past habits. Use expressions of time and sequence (first, next, then, later, etc.) to make the order of events clear. Use basic question words like Who? What? When? Where? How? Why? to help you think of more things to say.

Use fillers like Well, Hmm or Let me think to give you time to think of what you want to say next.

Listen to what your partner or the examiner is saying. In a conversation we speak and listen.

If you don't understand what the examiner or your partner is saying, ask them in English to repeat or to speak more slowly. Use expressions like: Sorry, can you say that again? or, Sorry, could you speak more slowly?

WRITING: ANSWERING THE QUESTION

Remember that in writing exams you lose marks if you do not answer the question. It is not enough to write a composition with no grammatical mistakes and with a wide variety of vocabulary. You must also include all the information that appears in the question. Reading the question carefully can also help you to decide which tenses and vocabulary you need to use.

Unit 10

USE OF ENGLISH: CLOZE ACTIVITIES

Step 1: Read the complete text without thinking about the gaps. This is to get a general understanding of the text. Step 2: Look again at the gaps and especially the words which come just before and after the gap. Do those words need a special preposition? Is an article or auxiliary verb missing? Think about the type of word you need (noun, verb, pronoun, article, etc.) and the general meaning. Step 3: Fill in the gap with the word that you think is best. Read the sentence again with your answer in the gap to check it. Check that the meaning is logical, but check also ometim more than one possible answer but you only need to put

one.

Step 4: When you finish, check that you have one answer for each question. Never leave answers blank in an exam.

Ilni+ O

READING: MISSING SENTENCES ACTIVITIES

In this type of activity you have to fill gaps in a text with sentences taken out of the text. There are sometimes more sentences than spaces.

Step 1 : Read the text quickly to get a general idea of what it is about. To do this type of exercise you do not usually have to understand every word, so don't panic if you don't understand everything.

Step 2: Read the sentences which go in the text. What does each sentence talk about?

Step 3: Find the sections of the text which correspond to the information in the sentences and read them again slowly, in more detail. Put each sentence in the most probable space. Step 4: When you finish, check by reading the text with your answers in the correct place. Do the sentences go together logically? Do words like this or it make sense? Check also that you have one answer for each question. Never leave answers blank in an exam.

LISTENING: COMPLETING NOTES

Always read the incomplete notes before you listen. This helps you to know what to listen for. Look carefully at the words that come just before or after each space and think about what type of word is missing (noun, verbi adjective, adverb, etc.).

It is not usually necessary to understand every word that you hear. Listen out for the sections which correspond to the information in the notes. Pay special attention to these sections.

Usually you only need to write one or two words in each space. Be careful with spelling and your handwriting. Don't worry if you don't understand everything the first time you listen. Usually you listen twice. Use the second listening to find the answers you didn't hear the first time and to check the answers you already have.

SPEAKING: COMPARING AND CONTRASTING PHOTOS

If you cannot think of things to say, use the questions What? Who? Where? Why? When? etc. to give you ideas. Think of possible questions that the examiner will ask you about the photo. If you don't know a word, don't worry. Think of similar words, more basic or general words, or explain the word.

Use words and expressions like Both of the photos show,

One similarity is that , One thing they have in common to say things that are similar in the two photos. Use words and expressions like but, whereas, however,

things that are different in the two photos.

Use fillers like Well, Hmm or Let me think to give yourself time to think of what you are going to say next.

If you aren't 100% sure of what you can see, speculate using expressions like It may/might be, I'm not sure but I think, It looks like, It seems that, etc. Don't be afraid of saying simple, obvious things. The important thing is to say something because the examiner basically wants to hear you speaking English.

Communication activities

Unit 2

GRAMMAR IN CONTEXT

Exercise 7b, page 21

Student B: look at the information below. Prepare questions to ask your partner to find the missinq information.

Sir Arthur Conan Doyle was the creator of the world-famous detective, Sherlock Holmes, He was born in 1859 in

Conan Doyle was a doctor. He began writing stories when

When he began work he didn't have many patients. He started writing stories again. Conan Doyle wrote the first Sherlock Holmes novel in (c) The title was A Study in Scarlet.

The idea for Sherlock Holmes came from one of Conan Doyle's teachers at university. The teacher's name was Joseph Bell. Apart from Sherlock Holmes, Conan Doyle created another interesting character, Sherlock's great friend, (d)

Sherlock Holmes was always a very popular character, He appeared in (e) short stories and four novels. Conan Doyle tried to

, in 1893. But the public wanted more Sherlock Holmes stories and Conan Doyle (g)           . in 1903. Conan Doyle died when he was 71 years old. But his famous character Sherlock Holmes is still very much alive. He continues to appear in new films, TV series and novels.

Unit 3

DEVELOPING SPEAKING

Exercise 6b, page 40

Student B: You are the receptionist at the San Francisco English Centre, USA.

THE SAN FRANCISCO ENGLISH CENTRE, USA

Course begins: 21 July

Course lasts: One month

Accommodation organised

Price: 4,325 US dollars

Other activities include: mountain biking, excursion to a theme park, karaoke evenings

Gatewayto exams: Units 3-4

Exercise 6, page 57 Photo A:

4,

. 1

Unit 3

GATEWAYTO LIFE SKILLS

Exercise 1 b, page 36

I B2A3A

DEVELOPING SPEAKING

Exercise 6a, page 40

Student A: You are the receptionist at the Sydney English Centre, Australia.

THE SYDNEY ENGLISH CENTRE, AUSTRALIA

Course begins: 1 6th August Course lasts: 12 days

Accommodation organised

Price: 930 Australian dollars

Other activities include: swimming, surfing, excursion to the Blue Mountains

Unit 7

GATEWAY TO LIFE SKILLS

Life task, page 89

Give yourself a mark from 5 (brilliant) to 1 (poor) for each skill

TRANSFERABLE

SKILLS

PERSONAL SKILLS

Ambitious

Responsible and reliable

Well-organised Other-

INTERPERSONAL SKILLS

Friendly and caring

Good at leading, motivating and organising others

Good at working with others and taking orders Patient Other:

OTHER SKILLS

Good communication skills

Good with your hands

ICT skills

Problem-solving skills

OTHER:

147

Communication activities

unnimage

DEVELOPING SPEAKING Exercise 5a, page 92 Student B:

 

CINERAMA CINEMASimage

No experience necessary

Job is from 20th June to 20th September

imagePart-time work: 24 hours a week

Don't work Mondays

Wages: 27.80 an hour

Need to be reliable and sociable

Don't need to be an expert in films

imageimageEmail letter and CV to: jdoors@cineramacinemas.co.uk

DEVELOPING SPEAKING Exercise 5as page 130 Student B:

Gateway to exams: units „3-4

SPEAKING

Exercise 6, page 57 Photo B:

Gateway fo exams. Units 9-10

PEAKIN

Exercises      & 6b $ page 35

Photo A:                                        Photo B:

image

umr

DEVELOPING SPEAKING Exercise 5bÉ page 92 Student A:

SPORTS STAR CAMP

Good to have experience of sports camps, but not essential Job is for July and September

Full-time work only: residential, living with the children doing the camp Salary: E8.90 an hour

Need to be fit, interested in sport, caring, responsible Don't need to speak foreign languages

Email letter and CV to: cjones@spoftsstarcamp.co.uk

image

Count how many ticks you have in each section (1-4) on page 102. Read below about the section where you have most ticks. Do you agree with the result?

MOSTLY SECTION l: YOU ARE A PERFECTIONIST.

Personali : You're very hard-working and always want to do your best, but sometimes you're too serious.

Romance: Your relationships are intense but short. If your partner isn't perfect, you always have arguments.

Idealjobs: Fashion designer, TV producer, journalist

Advice: You should be more relaxed. Not everybody is as perfect as you.

MOSTLY SECTION 2: YOU ARE A ROMANTIC.

Personality: You're very caring and get on well with others, but you can get very sad when people don't think about you.

Romance: You're a total romantic and believe in true love. You need your partner to be 100% in love with you.

Idealjobs: Artist, novelist, actor

Advice: You shouldn't get too unhappy if things go wrong.

MOSTLY SECTION 3: YOU'RE A THINKER.

Personality: You're a reliable friend because you're good at listening to people and helping them with problems. But sometimes you spend too much time alone, thinking about things.

Romance: You're very practical about relationships but you need to relax and enjoy yourself more.

Idealjobs: Politician, teacher, computer programmer

Advice: You have to do more and think less. Don't worry about the consequences of your actions — just do it!

MOSTLY SECTION 4: YOU'RE A LEADER.

Personality: You have to be in control. You're strong and ambitious. But that can be a weakness too because some people will think you are too interested in being the boss. Romance: You think it's easy to make somebody fall in love with you. But some people may think you are frightening!

Ideal jobs: Company director, police officer, bank manager ushouldthinKoLolheß&more-loleranLofneoplewhoaren1asdirectasynu

Unit 10

DEVELOPING SPEAKING Exercise Sat page 1 30 Student A:


image

imageIve

be

was/were

been

let

let

let

beat

beat

beaten

lie

lay

 

become

became

become

lose

lost

lost

 

began

begun

make

made

made

break

broke

broken

mean

meant

meant

build

brought

brought

meet pay

met

met

burn

burnt

burnt

put

put

put

buy

bought

bought

read

read

read

catch

caught

caught

ride

rode

ridden

choose

chose

chosen

ring

rang

rung

come

came

come

run

ran

run

cost

cost

cost

say

said

said

cut

cut

cut

see

saw

seen

do

did

done

 

sold

sold

draw

drew

drawn

send

sent

sent

drink

drank

drunk

set up

set up

set up

drive

drove

driven

shine

shone

shone

eat

ate

eaten

shoot

shot

shot

 

 

 

show

showed

shown

 

 

 

sing

sang

sung

find

found

found

sit

sat

sat

fly

 

flown

sleep

 

 

forget

forgot

forgotten

speak

spoke

spoken

forgive

forgave

forgiven

speed

sped

sped

get

got

got

 

 

 

 

gave

given

spend

spent

spent

go

went

gone

split up

 

split up

grow

grew

grown

stand up

stood up

stood up

hang out

hung out

hung out

steal

stole

stolen

have

had

had

swim

swam

swum

hear

heard

heard

 

took

 

hide

 

    image    en

eac

aug

 

hit

hit

hit

 

told

told

 

hurt

hurt

think

thought

thought

keep

 

kept

understand

understood

understood

know

knew

known

wake up

woke up

woken up

lay

 

laid

wear

wore

worn

leave

 

left

win

won

won

learn

learned/learnt

learned/learnt

write

wrote

written

Writinel hnnk


AN INFORMAL EMAIL

015

imageStyle: Use contractions. We can also use emoticons (e.g. O). Start: Hi, Dear . . ., Hello

Useful expressions: To begin, ask questions like How are you?, How are things?, Are you doing exams/on holiday at the moment?. Use Anyway or By the way to change the subject.

End: That's all for now, Bye for now!, Write back soon, All the best, Best wishes.

Content in informal emails giving basic personal information: Suggested paragraph plan: Paragraph 1: Basic personal information Paragraph 2: Family

Paragraph 3: Main hobby/hobbies Paragraph 4: Favourite subject(s) at school Paragraph 5: Ask for a reply

image

NOTES AND MESSAGES p53

Style: Informal. Use contractions. Write short, direct sentences. We often use imperatives like Call me, rather than Could you call me? Use abbreviations (see below). Start: Simply write the name of the person you are writing to.

Useful abbreviations: PSI e.g., NB, asap, i.e., etc.

Useful expressions: I was really sorry to hear that (bad news), Get well soon (for sickness and accidents), Congratulations (good news).

End: Write your name. Content: Include all the practical information that the reader needs to know.

A BLOG POST p27

Style: Informal. Use contractions.

Start: Have a name for your blog.

Have a title for the blog post. Useful expressions: To explain the sequence of events when talking about past events use At first, First of all, Then, Next, In the end, Finally. To say when things happened use Yesterday, When, Suddenly, A few minutes/hours/days later, The next day.

image

image

A REVIEW p67

Useful expressions: To give your opinions use Personally, I . In my opinion, I think . I would recommend (...) to . . ., As far as I'm concerned, imageContent of a review:

Suggested paragraph plan:

Paragraph 1: Basic information about what you are reviewing

Paragraph 2: A more detailed description of what you are reviewing Paragraph 3: Why you like/don't like it

Paragraph 4: A recommendation

A LANGUAGE BIOGRAPHY p41

Style: (Semi-) Informal. We can use

contractions.

Useful expressions: To explain the sequence of events use At first, First of all, Next, Then, After that. Content of a language biography:

Suggested paragraph plan: Paragraph 1: Basic personal information

Paragraph 2: Language-learning experiences at primary school Paragraph 3: Language-learning experiences at secondary school Paragraph 4: Language-learning experiences outside school, including trips

Paragraph 5: How you prefer to learn a language

image

A FORMAL LETTER p79

Style: Do not use contractions. Start: When we do not know or use the name of the person we are writing to, we write Dear Sir or Madam or Dear Editor (to a newspaper). Begin I am writing about/in response to .image

Useful expressions: Use Personally, Iimage

In my opinion, I think . [ believe imageAs far as I'm concerned Ask for other people's opinions with I will be interested in hearing other readers' opinions on this subject.

Useful linkers: To put opinions and ideas in sequence use Firstly Next, Finally. To add opinions and ideas use Furthermore, What is more. To contrast ideas and opinions use However, Nevertheless.

the person we are writing to, use Yours faithfully.

Content of a formal letter of opinion: Suggested paragraph plan:

Paragraph 1: Begin by explaining why you are writing.

Paragraph 2: Express your opinion and explain your main reason for it.

Paragraph 3: Give additional reasons for your opinion.

Paragraph 4: Ask for other people's opinions and end your letter.

A LETTER OF APPLICATION AND CV p93

Style: Formal. Do not use contractions.

Start: Write your address and the date in the top right-hand corner. Then write Dear Mr (Smith) (for a man), Dear Mrs (Smith) (for a married woman), or Dear Ms (Smith) (when we make no distinction if a woman is married or not). When we do not know the name of the person we are writing to, we write Dear Sir or Madam.

Useful expressions: Begin I am writing in response to the advertisement in Use I would like to apply for the job of , I enclose a CV with information about myself, I have experience of End I look forward to hearing from you.

End: When we know the name of the person we are writing to use Yours sincerely. When we don't know the name of the person we are writing to use Yours faithfully. Content in job applications: Begin by saying what job you are applying for. Explain why you would be good for this job by saying what experience you have. Give details of some of your personal qualities that make you a good candidate.

Unit 10

TEXT MESSAGES p131 Style: Informal

Useful abbreviations: PLS, @ L8R,

B, BCZ, [8, MSG, SPI<, THX, 2DAY,

2MORO, WKND, XLNT, 2nite, 2, YR,

C, U, WOT, R, 84, GR8

AN EMAIL OF ADVICE

Style: Use contractions. Start: Write Dear or Hi and the name of the person you are writing to. Useful expressions: Begin I'm writing to tell you about/because I hope you're well, Thanks for your letter, It was good to hear from you. Ask questions like How are you?, How are things? Use Anyway or By the way to change the subject. End: Use Please write back soon, That's all for now, All the best.

Useful linkers: To put ideas in order use First, Firstly, First of all, Then, Next, After that, Finally, Lastly. Useful grammar: Use should/ shouldn't to give advice.

A STORY p 119

Useful expressions: Use adjectives (young, famous, beautiful) and adverbs (quietly, immediately, quickly) to make your writing more descriptive. To say when things happened use for example: One day, Last weekend, Two weeks ago, On

Friday, On Saturday night, Suddenly, Two weeks later. To explain the sequence of events use At first, First of all, Next, Then, After that, Finally, In the end.

Useful grammar: Use a variety of past tenses. Past simple (a completed action in the past)

     Past continuous (an activity in progress at a moment in the past. We often use it to describe scenes in the past)

     Past perfect (an activity that happened before another action in the past)

Content in a story:

Suggested paragraph plan: Paragraph 1: Explain where and when the story begins. Introduce the characters.

Paragraphs 2 and 3: Explain the main events in the story. Paragraph 4: Explain how the story ended and what the consequences

CHECKING YOUR WRITING Check for mistakes with:

Punctuation

Capital letters

Word order Spelling

oca u ary

Missing words Agreement between the subject and verb (e.g. He goes not He-go.)

Style

• Content

151


A division of N'lacmillan Publishers Lin-mired

Companies and rcpresentacivcs throughout the world

ISBN 978-0-230-47090-3

Text O David Spencer 2016

Design and illustration O Niacmillan Publishers Limited 20] 6

The author has asserccd his right to be identified as thc auchor of this work in accoldance with the

Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988, imageedition published 2016

First edition entitled Gateway Bl Student's Book published 2011

Al rights resen;ed. No part of this publication may be repoduced, stojed in a I•ecrieva] syscem, or rra_nsmirtcd in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the publishers.

Designed by emc design ltd

Illustrated by A Corazén Abicrto (Sylvie Poggio Artists Agency) pp8, 24, 25, 26; Monica

Auriemma (Sylvie Poggio Artists Agency) p 19; Tim Bradford (Illustrated Ltd) pp13, 21

Cover design by emc design ltd and Macmillan Publishers Ltd

Cover illustration/photograph by Getty/Valentin Casarsa, Getty/Leonardo Patrizi

Picture research by Catherine Dunn

Author acknowledgments

I would like to give a big thank you to the whole Macmillan ream in the UK for their dedication, hard work and enthusiasm th.oughout [Imc writing of chis coulse. Thanks also to all the ocher Macmillan tealns around the world for their help, encouragement and always making me feel welcome. Very spccia_l thanks to Colegio Europeo Ariscos in Gerafe, Spain. The daily contact with my students there continues to be a main sourcc of inspiration and I am sincerely gracehål to every one of my studencs, past and present. iMassive thanks, as always, co Gemma, Jamie and Becky foc their unending love and support.

This book is dedicated to Emily Rosser.

Elhe publishers would like to thank the staff and pupils ac rhc following schools in Mexico and Spain for helping us so enthusiastically with our research for the cowse: Concha Campos, IES

Burgo de Las Rozas: Las Rozas, Madrid; Félix Gaspar, IES Las Encinas; Villanueva de la Caäada,

NTadrid; Cristina Moisen, IES Joaquin Turina, tvladrid; Colegio Montessori Cuautitlån; Colegio

Conrad Gessner; Colegio Erasmo de Rotterdam; Colcgio Kanic, Centro Educativo Erich Fromm; Universidad Franco Mexicana; Centro Pedag6gico Maria Montessori de Ecatepec; Instituto Cultural; Escuela IMaestro Manuel Acosra; Liceo Sal(bé De México.

"llne publishers would also like to thank al] those who reviewed or piloted thc first edition OF Gateway:

Benjamin Affoltec, Evelyn And01 fer, Anna Cicreszynska, Regina Culver, Anna Dabrowska, Jusryna Deja, Ondrej Dosedel, Lisa Durham: Dagmav Eder, Eva E]lederovan, H Fouad, Sabrina Funes:

Luiza Gervesctl, Isabel Gonzålez Bueno, Jutta Habringcr, Stela Halmageanu, Malta Hilgier, Andrea

Hutte•er, Nicole Joakimidis, Mag. Annemaric Kammerhofer, Irina Kondrasheva, Sonja Lengauer,

Gabriela         Andrea Litclewood, Malia Cristina Maggi, Silvia Miranda Barbara Nowak, Agnieska Orli6ska, Anna Orlowska? Malia Paula Palou Marta Piotrowska, N Reda, Katharjna

Schatz, Roswitha Schwarz, Bal bara Scibor, Katarzyna Sochacka, Joanna Spoz, Monica Srcygner, Marisol Suppan, Stephanie Succer, Ha]ina Tyliba, Prilipko, Maria Vizgina, Vladyko, Pia Wimmer, Katarzyna Zadroüna-Attia and Katapzyna Zaremba-Jaworska.image

The authors and publishers would like to thank che following for permission to leproduce their photographs:

Alamy/ableimagcs p14(Phjllipa), Alamy/Chris Batson p27(rr), Alamy/A]eksey Boldin pp78(br), 13 1 (cli, clr), Alamy/Biend Innage.s — KidStock p148(internet shop), Alamy/Culcura Creative p52(a), imagepp3(): 49(c), Alamy/Elvele Images Ltd p51 (f), Alamy/imageBROKER p5 1 (a), Aamy/lmage Source p84(c.), Alarny/LJSphotography p50(d), Alamy/mecliacolot's p74(3), Alamy/OJO Images Ltd pp14(Emma), 1 48(bc), Alamy/Andrew Paterson pl 4(Oliver), Alamy/

PhotoAlto sas p I qLimn), Alamy/l)ul€stock p98, Alamy/Kumar Sriskandan p40(cll), Alamy/

TomBham p 1 28(ti), AJamy/Tony Tallec p84(b), A]amy/Angus Taylor p51                      Alamy/Westend61 GmbH p99(b]); Corbis/Andcrscn-Ross p66(c), C01bis/Jim Edds p79(tr), Corbis/Va]enrin F]aulaud pl 23(Cl), Corbis/Jon Hicks p15(b]), Corbis/ Elliott Kaufman/Beatew01ks p 101 (room), Corbjs/ Sharie Kennedy p66(a), Corbis/ Latin Stock Co]lcccion p23(a), C01bis/Samantha Mitchell p25, Corbis/moodboard p130; DIGITAL VISION p83; Eric Fischer/ Map by Eric Fischer,                 data from the Twitter streaming API/p32(cr); Getty/ Franz Aberham p59(tr), Getty/Danie] Allan p27(tl), Getty/Kaori Ando p66(b), image Aoki p 131 (c), Gerry/artpartner-images pl 24(tr), Getty/

Andrey Artykov p78(tlr), Getty/ Maik Edward Atkinson p84(d), Getty/Thomas Barvvick pp87(e), 104(b), Getty/N'1ichael Blann p51 (e), Getty/Blend Images KidStock p148(shopping), Getty/

Blend Images - Take A Pix Media p87(c), Getty/Tom Bonaventure p35(Japan), Getty/Brand New

Images p6(a), Getty/Natalie Behring p82(r), Getty/Blend Images - Moxie Productions p96(tr), Getty/ Hilary Brodey p70(heade1' dunes), Getty/Pascal Broze p58(header boy), Getty/Nigel Carse p84(Header background), Getty/Colleen Butler p50(a), Getty/A. Chederros pl I (b), Gecry/Steve Cicero p23(bl), Getty/C]erkenweJl p6(e), Getty/Comstock PI 05, Getty/ColorB]ind Images p36(br),

Getty/CARl, COURT / Stringer p87(br), Getty/da_ltonOO p70(a), Getty/Daly and Newton p59(tc),

Gectyn€LDavies p58(c), Getty/ Peter Dazeley p87(b), Gerty/Digita] Vision PPI 5(cr), p79(cr inset), Sutton pl I I Getty/innges by Tang Ming Tung p] 48(bookshop), Getty/Tetra Imagcs — rotog pp99(blc), 101 (camera), Getty/Pl"ommL p] 17, Getty/Vetta p134(bl), Getty/VisitBritain p83(3), Geccy/Jaemy Walker p36(Rjo), Getty/Warchi p58 (header screens), GettyAVestend61 p45(tr),

Getty/mark wragg p45(cl), Getcy/Zcro Cleatives p50(b); GOODSHOOT p35(Egypt); Macmillan Publishers Ltd PPI I O(a-g), pl ] 5(covers); Hanbury Agency/ Picture ofAnna Caltabiano used with permission ofThe Hanbury Agency pl 13(anna); Hartswood Films Ltd/Shetlock p2 1 (bl); NASA] Image courtesy NASA GSFC Scientific Visualization Studio, based on data provided by the TOMS science team. P70(c); Photodisc p78(t]l), PhotoDisc/Getty Images p73; Rex Features I (c), REX/Mark Campbell p65(cl), REX/Broadimage image Media International pl I I (c), REX/Jonachan Hordle p50(tc), REX/The Lighthouse / Universal Images Group p71 (br), REX/cLions imagepp41 1 16, REX/Ken McKay p31, REX/Tina N01Tis p108, REX/

imageimage
image

image

Startcüs Photo p39; Thinkstock/akiyoko plO, I (border), Thinkstock/alexaldo pp122(header), 1 26, 127 (background), ThjnkstocWMalk Edward Atkinson p7(bl), ThjnkstocWBelyaevskjy p22(br), Thinkstock/Boardingl Now pl IO(tr), ThinkscocWRobert Churchill p33, Thinkscock/ claudiodivizia p48(plasrer), ThinkstocWCreatas p92(tl), Thinkstock/dk_photos p74(header cracking), ThinkstocWDan Grannum Photo p48/49(first aid box), Thinkstock/defun p44( header), Thinkscock]Denniro p49(thermometer), Thinl<.stock/decisivejmages PI 35, ThinkstocWDivVector pl 14(border), ThinkstocWDmitry-Fisher p75(b), Thinkstock/Mu•at Dom khokov p48(header), Thinkstock/eskay]im pl 1 (tr), Thinkstock/eyemrs p56, Thinkstock/everychingpossible p44( header

r), Thinkstock/Fuse p10(br), Thinkstock/g-stockstudio p36(2, 3), Thjnkstock/GooDween 123 p84(header band), ThinkstocWAnconio Guillem p22/23, ThinkstocWhja]meida PPI 14, I I '(boy reading), Thinkstock/icconion_th p49(scissors), Tbjnkstocldivosar pp32(cr), 38(tl), Thinkstock/ Jacek27 pp62(bl), 63(cr), Thjnkstoc]dBrian Jackson p82(newspapers), TbinkstocWJumpStock p49(bc), ThinkstocWNoam Kahalany p128(br), ThinkstocWR Kaulitzkj p36(background), ThinkstocWDavid Kam p36(l), TbjnkstocWOlgaLebedeva P62/63, Thinkstock/Huchen LUI p122(tr), Thinkstock/Ryan McVay p75(border), Thinkscock/marigold_88 imageimagep49(plaster), Thinkscock/michaeljung 287 (a), Tbinkscock/Mineva

Studio pl 00(bl), ] 01 (br), Thinkstock/miszaqq p127(bl), "I'hinkstock/Thomas Northcut pp32(c) image92(cr), ThjnkstocWPix]and p27(cl), ThinkstoclUPurestock p I I O(hcader), Thinkstock/Rach27 p127(tl background), ThjnkstocWRamCreativ p62(header), Thinkstocldra_mzihachicho(border, br, bl), ThjnkstoclUrichiesd p92(tc), Thinkstock/Ridofranz pp 40(th), I O()(cr), Thinkstock/ robercsrob pl 14(tr), ThinkstocWRosmizan Abu seman p 1 27 (tl), Thinkstocldscanrail p82(radio), ThjnksrocWscyther5 p82((internet news), Thinkstock/shipfactory p37(tc, El, cb,clc,bl), Thinkscock/

GenaroSilva p124(cr), Thinkstocldsomchaij p6(header), ThinkstocWSiri Stafford p48(bandage),

'Ihinlßtock/Stockbyte p93, ThinkstocWSergji Telesh p41 (c), Th inkstock/Klaus Tledge p76, Thinkstock/Paolo Toffanin p92(tr), Thinkstock/topform84 p7(bl background), ThinkstocWtuja66 p36/37(background), ThinkstocWKarl Weatherly p 1 00, I O I (border), Thinkstock/Wong_A p 1 00, 101 (background), ThinkstocldCatherine Yeulet p 13, Thinkstocldyewkeo p 10(hcader), Thinkstock/ Lisa F, Young p52(b), Thinkstock/Wavebreakmedia Ltd pl 26(header), Thinkstock/MichaeIjohn Wolfe p63(bl), ThjnkstocWJames Woodson p15(tl), ThinkstocWZoonav RF p32(Header imagebackground).

Covey image fiom 'I'HE SEVENTH MISS HATFIELD by Anna Caltabiano reproduced with permission from the Orion Publishing group London pl 1 3(cover)

Cover Image of 'Maximum Ride: The Angel Experiment' reproduced with perynission from

Headline Publishing Group pl 1 4

Cover image from Holes by Louis Sachar published by Bloomsbury Publishing PLC, cover reproduced with permission pl 18(tr)

Images 'Making a silicon chip' used with permission from Intel p 124(b)

*lhe author and publishers would like to thank the following for permission co reproduce the following copyright material:

PI 3 Extract from 'Talk at mealtimes' by Christina Clark O National Literary Trust, 2013. Reprinted with pelmission.

p) 9 Extract from 'Europc ac a Glance' O The Week, 2012. Published The Week 22 December 2012. Reprinted with permission.

imagep33 Extract from 'Twitter map of London shows 66 languages' by Shane Richmond. Originally published in the Daily Telegraph on 26 October 2012 0 Telegrapb Group Limited, 2012. Reprinted with permission. www.telegraph.co.uk p33 Extract from 'The language ofF]Åvitter' by Christian Arno. Originally published Ling024 on 25 APIil 2012 0 Ling024, 2012. Reprinted with permission.

p39 Extlacc from Learn ro speak Dothraki and Valyrian From the Man who invented chem for Game ofThrones' by Denise Martin. Originally published in Vulture on 23 April 2014 0 New Yolk Media LLC 2014. Reprinted with permission.

p50 Extract from 'I am Jackie Chan: My Life in Action' O Ballantine Publishing Group, 1998, imagep62 Extract from 'Addicted co Fame' by Hannah Frankel, Originally published che Times Educational Supplemcnc on 12 May 2008 0 TES Global Lim iced, 2008. Reprinted with permission. p74 Extract from 'You Can Save the Planet' by Rich Hough O Rich Hough. Published by A & C Black Publishers Limited and 'Ike Gualdian. Reprinted by permission of the publishers. p76 Extract from 'Run, don't walk'. The school that gets pupils to generace electricity' by Richard Gar ner. Originally published in Ihc Independent on 05 September 2013 0 The Independent, 2013, Reprinted with permission. www.theindependent.co.uk p97 Extract from 'A short stow True friends' O Dr Prem. Reprinted with permission. imagep108 Extmct from 'Fraser Doherty: The Adventures ofJamBoy' O Fraser Doherty. Replinted with


DreamPictLLt•es p58(f), Getty/Sam Edwards p5 1(d), Getty/ fscop123 p126(br), Getty/Jon Feingersh p 1 04(a), Getty/Giorgio Fochcsato p70(Header prickly pear), Getty/franckreporter pl 480eading ebool<), Gctty/Salomé Fresco p15(cl), Getty/ Rob Friedman p50(tl), Getty/Chlistopher Futcher p88(br): 89(bl), Getty/Ron Gale]la pp61 (a), 103, Getty/Andrew Geiger p91, Getty/John Giusrina p66(d), Getty/NIichael Graham p70(b), Getty/ Fuse pp6(d), 12(cl), Getty/Chris Glamly p6(cr), Getty/Tom Grubbe p70(d), Getty/Charles Gullung p6(c), Getty/Balnaby Hall p18(cr), Getty/

Hero Images pl 13(cr), Gecty/Andrcw Hobbs p62(bl), Getty/Dave J Hogan pl I I (a), Gerty/Bi]l

Holden p130(tr), Getty/Justin HOI •ocks p46, Getty/Corinne J. Humphrey p85(I Getty/lmage

Source pp82(newsreporter), 101 (football), 118(c), Getty/Maya Karkalicheva p148(br), Getty/

Jonathan Knowles p74(4), Getty/Kevin Kozicki p4 1 (d), Getty/Mike Mars]and p] 1 1 (d), Getty/ Photodisc pl O I (brownies), Getty/Julian Elliott Photography p41 (a), Gecty/Mjkc Kemp PPI I (c)), 74(2), Getty/Michaa Krakowial'x p74(l ), Getty/Jason LaVeris p61(b), Getty/Michael Langford p7 1 (c), Getty/ Hans Laubel pl 8(header), Getty/Rob Lewine pl 2(tl), Getty/Matthew G Lloyd/ Contour by Getty Images p64, Getty/Gln islain & Marie David de Lossy p84(a), Getty/David McG]ynn p18(cr), Getty/Tim Macpherson p96(tl), Getty/Luis Sandoval Mandujano p58(e), Getty/ mcdiaphotos p62(bl), Getty/Tom Merton p148(bl), Gctry/Buero Monaco p6(f), Getty Laurence Mon net-ec p66(d), Getty/Melinda Moore P35(Switzerland), Getty/Tara Moore p88(cl), Gecty/Morsa

Images p6(b), Getty/N1ulti-bits p75(tap), Getty/OJO Images pl 1.3(cl), Getty/White Packerr p66(F),

Getty/Cevdec GAkhal) Pa]as p67, Getty/Pa]i Rao p58(a), Getty/Ragnar Schmuck p90, Getty/Ron

pl 3 Reproduced with permission ofAnna Caltabiano, care of The Ha_nbuty Agency, 28 Moreton Street, London SWIV 2PE. Copyiight, O Anna Caltabiano 2011, All Rights Reserved, pl 14 Extlact fiom 'Maximum Ride: mne Angel Experiment' by James Patterson O James Patterson, 2005- Reprinted with permission of Hoddet & Stoughton Publishers and Hachetce Book Group. PI 26 Extract fiom 'More Employers finding reasons not to hire candidates on social media, finds cmeecbuilder survey'. Originally published on carcerbuilder on 27 June 2013 0 CareelBuilder LLC, 2013.

p134 Extract from 'Q: How do you make 1.6m a year and drive a Ferrari? A: Sell essays for €400' by Matthew Taylor. Originally published in The Guardian on 29 July 2006 0 Guardian News and Media Limited, 2006. Reprinted with permission, www.chcguardian.com/uk

These materials may contain links for third party websites. We have no control over, and are not responsible for, the contents ofsuch third party websites, Please use calt when accessing them.

Printed and bound in Thailand 2020 2019 2018 2017 201 6


LEARNING FOR LIFE

2 nd Edition

      Information-rich content • Exam success               Life skills • Independent learningC

macmillan education

the oomne                    mav work for other browsers, encou;age us,ng the browsers specified In the system requirements. more                   on svst.em:      olease go to 6ttpsWwvvvemacmltangatewav2 com/system-lequlrements

For students

Gateway

Gateway

StUdønj•s

Gatewgy

THE SECRET

GARDEN

Frances Hodgson

Burnett

Also available for Gateway

2nd Edition

Student's Book or

Workbook or

Student's Resource

Macmillan

Sounds: The

Digital Student's Book

For teachers

GatöW

2M Edition

Online Workbook

Centre

Readers eBook

Pronunciation A

Teache

Ursu'a Mallows

Presentation Kit

Gateway

2%OEd11ion

Gatewa

2"OEdlt10n

Teacher's Book

Presentation Kit

Teacher's Resource Centre

Digital Student's Book

Online Workbook

Test Generator

Gateway 2nd Edition levels

Gateway 2nd Edition includes Macmillan Life Skills

MACMILLAN LIFE SKILLS

             Gateway a                                  gya d ay                                                                                      winner of the ELTon award

                                                                                                                  Winner for Innovation in teacher

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    teacher Innovation resourcesin           resources

COMMON EUROPEAN FRAMEWORK www.macmillangateway2.com

                                  System requirements for online components                                                                                 ISBN 978-0-230-47312-6

Windows 7, 8, & 1, 10: CPU Speed (equivalent): Any 2GHz dual core processor or above, Browser: IE9, 10, 11 / Firefox / Chrome. Apple Macintosh OS 10.7, 10.8, 10.9, 10, 10, 10.11: CPU Speed (equivalent): Any 2GHz dual core processor or above- Browser: Safari 6, 7, 8, 9 RAM: IGB (32-bit), 2GB (64-bit), Display: 1024 x 768 pixels, 32-bit colour, Audio sound card Internet connection required,

                                                 For customer support please contact help@macmillan.com                                                                                                                                  9 780230 473 1 26

pdf
Додав(-ла)
Елена Петровна
Додано
23 травня
Переглядів
451
Оцінка розробки
Відгуки відсутні
Безкоштовний сертифікат
про публікацію авторської розробки
Щоб отримати, додайте розробку

Додати розробку